Manipulating Those of Us on the “Surface”

Here’s some piece to this reptilian agenda puzzle and as always, you decide what is the truth:

[Note: I have tried for several days to put together this post and send it to you, however in all seriousness it seemed as if someone or something was making every effort to prevent me from doing so. All kinds of computer glitches and obstacles appeared, far beyond coincidence as far as I’m concerned.

Twice the post was wiped out when nearly completed, and in fact I thought about giving up even trying to re-write it. Hopefully though THIS ONE WILL get through to you… and hopefully you will be able to benefit from it without any further “interference”…]

(Jan 25, 2000)

Dear Mr. Icke (David Icke);

The following information may help you to understand more fully just how the RH-negative reptilian hybrid genetic lines have been manipulating those of us on the “surface” of this planet for centuries.

First, of which you probably are aware, as a whole these reptilian hybrids often lead a double life involving duel personalities, one which leads a “normal” life in the outer world, and one that is deeply involved with the underground alien society on a nocturnal basis. This is especially true with “cocooned/hosted” individuals and “hybrids/abductees”.

I believe that I am one such “hybrid“.

My genealogical line intersects with the ancestries of the English Royal family, and from what I understand many of the hybrid lines have ended up in the neo-Masonic lodge known as the Mormon/LDS (later-day saints) church, which serves as a cover for many of the old reptilian blood lines… possibly the reason why LDS prefer large families, i.e. to “breed” out the normal human genetic lines to be replaced by reptilian/hybrid lines?

I am familiar with many, many Mormon cultured hybrid abductees who are also MPD’s, however I have also found that there is tremendous pressure placed on these people especially in Utah [one of the major underground nesting areas for both reptilians and hybrids] NOT to discuss their abductions, even though the Mormon church officially does teach in the existence of extraterrestrial civilizations. This is not to say that hybrids do not have souls, for I believe that many of them do [others though, I wonder about…]

There are however even more full-blooded reptilian and hybrid blood lines who reside permanently in the underground society, and who are sold-out Satanic worshiping, blood-festing, shape shifters.

In fact these reptilian genetic lines operate in a parasitic manner, the underground society acting as the “parasite” society and the surface society operating as the “host” society, similar to the scenario in the classic movie “THE TIME MACHINE”, regarding the parasite-host relationship which existed between the surface dwelling ELOI and the troglodytic MORLOCKS.

Another movie that depicts the hidden reality is “THEY LIVE”, produced by the inspired director John Carpenter. In almost every instance those which have access to the underground networks are members of the Masonic lodge, both on the surface and below… with those below for the most part having been initiated into the 13 Illuminati degrees — i.e. the 34-46 degrees.

Take note of the fact that the House of the Temple in Washington D.C. is not only at the top of the occultic pentagram-like street layout of the city, but according to the Rev. Jim Shaw in his book THE DEADLY DECEPTION, Shaw noticed definite signs of SERPENT WORSHIP within this “temple” during his own initiation into the 33rd degree… and no doubt there are also underground connections linking this headquarters of the 33rd degree of the Scottish Rite to underground systems below.

Underneath most major cities, especially in the USA in fact, there exist subterranean counterpart “cities” controlled by the Masonic/Hybrid/Alien “elite”. Often surface/subsurface terminals exist beneath Masonic Lodges, Police Stations, Air Ports, and Federal Buildings of major cities… and even not so “major” cities.

The population ratio is probably close to 10% of the population [the hybrid military-industrial fraternity “elite”] living below ground as opposed to the 90% living above. This does not include the full-blood reptilian species who live in even deeper recesses of the earth.

Those in the underground society have access to interstellar technology and in fact our controlled society actually serves to FEED their ongoing conquests of other worlds [including the use of Montauk-like Stargate/time-tunnel technology which our planetary grid, which is unique in the universe, allows].

Many Federations throughout the galaxy consider planet earth to be the shit-hole of the universe, the source of MOST of the imperialistic atrocities being committed against other worlds by the Alternative-Three collective [consisting of fallen astral, reptilian, and human “elite” collaborators].

Many Federations are non-interventionist, and the reptilians below know it, which is why they have taken refuge beneath major population centers, essentially using us on the surface as “human shields“.

Some of the major population centers were deliberately established by the Masonic/hybrid elite of the Old and New “worlds” to afford easy access to already existence under ground levels, some of which are thousands of years old, and considering that Los Alamos Labs had working prototype nuclear powered thermol-bore drills that could literally melt tunnels through the earth at a rate of 8 mph 40 YEARS AGO, you can imagine how extensive these underground systems have become.

These sub-cities also offer close access to organized criminal syndicates which operate on the surface. They have developed a whole science of “borg-onomics” through which they literally nickel-and-dime us into slavery via multi-leveled taxation, inflation, sublimation, manipulation, regulation, fines, fees, licenses… and the entire debt-credit scam which is run by the Federal Reserve and Wall Street. Then there is the “under ground Wall Street” scenario itself, which I will deal with shortly.

The “dracs” not only feed upon our outward society economically, but also emotionally [emotional vampirism], psychically [implants], and even bioplasmically [blood-fests]. They are parasites of the worst sort, vampires, and leeches on the back of humanity. They control us from cradle to grave via their global economic and electronic control system, and it will continue to be so until enough of us on the surface join together in an international resistance and literally invade the underground systems and begin to “kick ass and take names”. I see no other way that we can once again gain our independence.

After all, are not most of the military-industrial underground networks legally OURS, in that the common citizen is the one who initially PAID for their construction and maintenance? Our wealth has literally gone “down the tubes”. Are we just going to sit around, not make waves, and be good little Nazi drones, or are we going to DO SOMETHING about it?

I know that YOU are doing something about it, and I commend you. I know that you are a bit iffy on Biblical doctrine, but I consider myself a “blood bought” reborn Christian [A “Hybrid for Jesus” you might say…] and so I DO PRAY for your safety and success in exposing this “draconian” conspiracy never-the-less.

Parasitism is the very core foundation of draconian existence. IF and WHEN we collectively CEASE from giving them our power — by turning our freedom and self-responsibility over to their draconian “system” in exchange for temporary material gain — their whole pyramid system will collapse, for it is only as strong as the foundation which supports it.

Many peaceful ET groups blame US for the atrocities that are being committed against them by the underground military – industrial – alien collective, and I don’t blame them, because WE are essentially their servants, whether we know it or not. The “dracs” have learned that the most productive slave society is one which is not fully aware of the fact that it has been enslaved, one where the false illusion of “freedom” is maintained because of the subtle and consistent stealth through which their brand of slavery is imposed upon us, analogous to the old proverbial “frog in the boiling pot” story.

Do not expect an all-out alien invasion… no overt alien invasion will take place UNLESS of course a massive human resistance arises, one which might potentially place the underground networks in danger of being physically invaded by outside forces. But as it stands, the takeover is more or less complete, the draconians are already here among us and they are in control via the electronic monetary system upon which we have become totally dependent [as opposed to independent].

They in fact DO plan to implement computer chip control akin to the much feared “mark of the beast”. And indeed such a fate just MIGHT spell out ones spiritual destruction, since when/if one is totally “assimilated” they will have forever lost their power of free choice, and in so doing will have lost their “soul”. The takeover has not so much been an invasion as it has been an infestation… similar to the manner of a parasite.

New York City, I can confirm, is one of the largest draconian nests in the world. Or rather the ancient underground ‘Atlantean’ systems that network beneath that area. Revelation chapter 18 describes Wall Street / New York City as the nest or lair of “every foul and hateful bird”, or one might conclude every foul and hateful ALIEN. They literally control the entire Wall Street pyramid from below… with more than a little help from reptilian blood lines like the Rockefellers, etc.

And not withstanding the various “abominations” [see Rev. ch. 18] which this city, “Mystery Babylon”, has spawned [having financed Communism, Nazism, Corporate Imperialism, Abortion… and on and on] there is also the unsavory truth that it has also served as an engine to fuel the entire draconian military-industrial fraternity [at one time a joint effort between the military – industrial elite AND alien forces, but now as I understand it these “joint operational” facilities are now FULLY under the control of the “dracs”] and in turn to fuel the imperialistic atrocities throughout the galaxy which have been committed with the underground military industrial [alien] complex serving as a major base of operations.

As I understand it, maintaining control of planet earth is ESSENTIAL to the reptilian cause of conquest and control of the entire galaxy if not beyond, due to the uncommonly diverse and rare elements and resources that this planet contains, not to mention the grid-system which allows for the generation of time/space gates.

For instance, one couple who was initiated into the “cult of the serpent” [Alternative-Three operations, particularly] via a friend of theirs who was a very wealthy diamond merchant, was later approached by an agent of a major space “Federation”, who informed them of the many atrocities that the “Alt-3” forces of earth were committing against the peaceful inhabitants of other worlds…

I would assume they are referring to the black operations based beneath Neu Schwabeland Antarctica, Dulce New Mexico, Pine Gap Australia, and Montauk NEW YORK. An interesting connection I have found is the term ULTRA… Ultra is the name of a very high security classification dealing with alien interaction, it is also the name of a secret NSA agency dealing with the same, it is also the name of the [formerly] joint operational base-network beneath the Dulce – Los Alamos area of New Mexico, it is ALSO the name of a secret Nazi team during World War II which dealt exclusively with security for the German underground base projects in Antarctica.

As for the New York City / Wall Street “nest”, during the bombing of the World Trade Center [aka World Slave Center] wherein terrorists attempted to topple one of the towers into the other, a little known fact was briefly revealed. A SIX LEVELED SUB-BASEMENT controlled by the U.S. SECRET SERVICE suffered heavy damage.

These six sub-basements, one beneath the other, may not have ended there, based on other information that I’ve uncovered of massive alien infestation beneath the New York City area. These sub-basements may actually serve as a MAJOR terminal between the underground society of Masonic elite, and the surface society which it controls.

There is a claim, I do not know how accurate it is, that in order to join the secret service one has to be at least a member of the 33rd degree of Scottish Rite Masonry. The Masonic connections resident within the architecture of Washington D.C., even to the phallic obelisk disrespectfully referred to as the “Washington Monument”, are legendary and extensive.

For more information on the underground empire, and the Masonic and Organized Criminal connections, please refer to the following information:

Respectfully yours [in the Resistance]
Branton

Source

Details Concerning The Serpent Race

And the saga just continues…:

The following information was released by Leading Edge Research and describes some additional details concerning the serpent race/greys based upon the findings of several researchers who have pooled their investigations in order to find out more about this apparent enemy of mankind.

The following scenario emerged from this cooperative effort (emphasis ours – Branton):

“NOTES ON ALF (Alien Life Forms): Term used by the government to describe the Greys in terms of being a MALEVOLENT life form. The deal with the Greys is that their field around their body is different (from) ours to the point where merging of the fields ends up creating physical symptoms (the ’body terror’ mentioned by people like Whitley Strieber). The field around them is in direct opposition to ours.

IT IS AN ANTI-LIFE FIELD… THEY ARE EXPERTS OF MANIPULATION OF BOTH THE HUMAN BODY (THROUGH MANIPULATION OF THE FIELDS) AND THE HUMAN MIND. THEY REQUIRE BLOOD AND OTHER BIOLOGICAL FLUIDS to survive. THEY ABDUCT HUMANS AND ANIMALS IN ORDER TO ACQUIRE THESE FLUIDS (i.e. being ’vampiristic’ in their nature – Branton).

They implant small devices near the brain which potentially GIVES THEM TOTAL CONTROL AND MONITORING CAPABILITY. These devices are very difficult to detect. The analysis of the devices by technical staff has produced a description that involves use of crystalline technology combined with molecular circuitry and these ride on the resonant emissions of the brain and the various fields of the human (body). Information is entrained on the brain waves.

It appears that all attempts to remove the implants (1972) have resulted in the death of the human. They perform surgery and other operations on human subjects. These abductions continue to be an ongoing matter. A list of abductees is provided periodically to MAJI, although IT IS KNOWN THAT MANY MORE ARE ABDUCTED THAN ARE REPORTED…

Various descriptions of the ALF’s relate the following characteristics. Between 3 to 5 feet in height, erect standing biped, small thin build, head larger than humans, absence of auditory lobes (external), absence of body hair, large… eyes (slanted approximately 35 degrees) WHICH ARE OPAQUE BLACK WITH VERTICAL SLIT PUPILS, ARMS RESEMBLING PRAYING MANTIS (normal attitude) which reach to the knees, long hands with small palm, CLAW-LIKE FINGERS (various number of digits – often two short digits and two long, but some species have three or four fingers), tough gray skin WHICH IS REPTILIAN IN TEXTURE, small feet WITH FOUR SMALL CLAW-LIKE TOES… a non-functioning digestive system; TWO SEPARATE BRAINS; movement is deliberate, slow and precise; ALIEN SUBSTANCE REQUIRES THAT THEY MUST HAVE HUMAN BLOOD AND OTHER BIOLOGICAL SUBSTANCES to survive. In extreme circumstances they can subsist on other (cattle, etc.) animal fluids.

Food is converted to energy by Chlorophyll, by a photosynthetic process (this supports results gained from autopsies at 29 Palms underground base where it was seen that their ’blood’ was greenish and the tissue was black). Waste products are secreted through the skin. The two separate brains are separated by mid-cranial lateral bone (anterior and posterior brain). There is no apparent connection between the two (could one be an ’individual’ brain while the other works as a ’collective consciousness’ brain? – Branton).

Some autopsies have revealed a crystalline network which is thought to have a function in telepathic (and other) functions which help to maintain the group consciousness between members of the same species. Functions of group consciousness in this species does have a disadvantage in that decisions in this species comes rather slowly as the matter at hand filters through the group awareness of those who must make the decision…”

In relation to the above description of ’implant’ devices, we will now quote from another short account which appeared in the N.A.R. (now L.E.R.) documents:

“…According to one source, Stan Friedman was either involved with or knew of the extraction of two spherical implants from two cadavers. The implants were examined and opened. Inside there were crystalline structures which were then examined under an electron microscope. Inside the crystalline structure were micro-miniature electronic circuits.”

Friedman has according to some researchers held the same views as Jamie Shandera and William Moore, i.e., that the ’Greys’ are actually ’benevolent’ and the animal mutilations, abductions, underground bases and similar scenarios do not exist. Since these men have allegedly been tied-in with the CIA, which in turn is–according to many sources–now partially or mostly under the control of the alien-grey powers, such statements against the facts would be in keeping with an organization that has been infiltrated via implantation, etc., by malevolent alien forces. Some suspect that Moore is either working for or being misled by certain members of MJ-12 to spread disinformation, while at the same time still admit the existence of UFOs and ’Greys’ which is now becoming impossible to refute, and also deny the malevolent aspects.

This suggests that in spite of the obvious predatory nature of the saurian greys, certain branches of the CIA are still abiding by the dubious ’treaties’ which call for a U.S. government’s denial of the abductions, implantations, mutilations, and so on. NAR in it’s May, 1989 issue, referred to yet another man who many believe is a blatantly deceiving disinformation agent:

Philip Klass, self-confessed UFO expert, gave his rendition of what UFOs really are on March 31 and April 1, 1989 at the Spring Valley Library in LAS VEGAS. Arthur C. Clarke, science fiction author, called Klass’s recent book ’UFO ABDUCTIONS: A DANGEROUS GAME’, a ’welcome breath of sanity in a field where it’s sadly lacking.’ Unfortunately for both Mr. Clarke and Mr. Klass, the sad fact is that the abduction process is neither a game nor has any degree of perceptible sanity.

Many doubt Klass, a former writer assigned to AVIATION WEEK AND SPACE TECHNOLOGY has any conception about what the abductions really involve. Many view Mr. Klass in the same category as William Moore, who many believe to be employed by the Defense Investigative Service. Moore has, over the past year, been involved in diverting attention away from real issues towards MJ-12 documents and other literary busywork, while thousands of abductees struggle to discover their true involvement in ’alien’ activities.”

The following article, titled ’ALIENS ON EARTH’, was written by the Rev. Anthony G. Pike, a United Kingdom correspondent for NICUFO. This article appeared in the Fall, 1991 issue of ’UFO JOURNAL’:

“…I have recently received inside information from a British Government source who states that Britain is the World Headquarters for the storage of alien bodies. At present, there are about 300 alien bodies stored in various parts of Britain; of which, about 25 are in suspended animation. Throughout the rest of the world, however, there are only about 60 bodies – including the USA! I then enquired as to the reason why so many bodies were stored in Britain rather than the USA. The answer was that ’Britain can keep a better secret’. You see, Britain has probably more secrets stored away than any other nation on earth, & has numerous laws preventing people from gaining access to those secrets or publishing them through the media. This is illustrated in the fact that Britain has no UFO magazines available on the newsstands. However, a few years back Tim Green Beckley attempted to put ’UFO UNIVERSE’ out on the newsstands here, & it lasted for just 2 issues before the Government banned it. There are also very tight restrictions on the media – remember, Britain has only 4 main TV stations; which makes it easier for the Government to (control) what goes out. There is also a branch of M15 at the BBC who prevent any classified information from reaching the public.

I was told that the famous astronomer, Patrick Moore, was warned by MI5 that if he wanted to get on in life he better keep quiet about the alien bases he’s seen on the moon. I was also informed that there are 1000’s of live aliens among us on the earth; & that the aliens are divided up into 5 groups, ie. the human-looking ones, the 12 ft. Giants, small cat-eyes (or vertical-slit pupiled reptilian-eyed beings such as the saurian greys – Branton), wiry aliens & gnome-type aliens. Many of the aliens, however, are living in vast underground bases… Some of the more evil types, such as the ’Greys’ are also working hand in glove with the US Government on advanced genetics & mind control. This Secret Government is seeking to control & manipulate the human race for its own end.

(Could this U.S. “secret government” cooperation with the British Empire be tied-in with the allegations made by certain researchers that the 22 “Palladium” Masonic Lodges in charge of Illuminati world revolution originally were spawned from the Grand Lodge of England? Actually A-ALBIONIC RESEARCH., Box 20273., Ferdale, MI 48220., presents much evidence that the Grand Masonic Lodge of London and the Grand Jesuit Lodge of Rome have conspired together for centuries through the ’Illuminati’ to take over the nations of the earth and acclimate them into a ’New World Order’, including and especially the Christian Republic of America, since it’s birth. – Branton)…

I was also informed that our galaxy is governed by a group of beings who one might call an ’Angelis Command Corps.’ (fallen or unfallen ’angelics’? – Branton) In this sector they generally meet in the Pleiades & Sirius. My Government source also says that he has personally seen about 50 alien bodies stored in the UK; & that he was taken in a blacked out helicopter somewhere ’up North’ to a laboratory run by the British Security Forces where he saw a set of 3 transparent coffins containing 3 giant aliens about 10-12 ft. tall (could these be the human El-Anakim who are believed to have bases deep below the western U.S., Alaska and Mexico, etc.? – Branton).

However, the coffins are impregnable & the Government has been unable to break them open. I was also told that 13 sets of similar coffins have been discovered in different parts of the world. Also, the TIMES newspaper last year ran a couple of articles reproduced from Pravda stating that giant aliens have landed in SEVERAL locations in Estonia, Lithuania, & Hungary. In Hungary a whole regiment actually converged with the aliens face to face.

Timothy Good, the British UFO researcher, has been given three letters from the U.S. Government stating that in August 1992, the US government is planning to put UFOs & alien bodies on a show to the public in the COSMIC JOURNEY EXHIBITION. I was also told that the calamities that are taking place are for the good of the planet and are causing people to think about alternatives to the present system…

I was told that this collapse of the old order will include a collapse of the PRESENT MONETARY SYSTEM (a prelude to a ’New World Order’ inspired by the reptilian greys? – Branton), the IMF & the WORLD BANK. The space people themselves, say they have no frontiers, no passports, & no money. I was also told that the atomic bomb will be phased out; & that present day transportation & energy will be replaced by the LINEAR MOTOR & ELECTRO-MAGNETISM.

I was also told that there is a revolutionary new fuel which has been supplied by the aliens to someone in South America who is now running his car on it. I also know that it is possible to run cars on ordinary tap water (there’s someone in Australia doing it right now) & that all diseases can be cured with simple H2O2 (water with an extra oxygen molecule on it) including AIDS, cancer, colds & tooth decay (H2O2 is excellent for brushing teeth – it removes all plaque & decay instantly)… – further information on any of the above matters & much more can be obtained by writing to Rev. Anthony G. Pike., 141 Austen Road., South Harrow HA2 OUU Middex, U.K.”

The following list of ’entity types’ seems to correspond partially with the list given in the above letter. This list of ’aliens’ comes from the anonymous Intelligence worker ’Commander X’, as he received them from John Lear and other ’inside’ sources:

THREE TYPES OF EBE’S (GRAYS):

GRAY-1 – 3 1/2 feet tall. Large head. Large slanted eyes. Worship technology. Don’t give a damn about mankind.

GRAY-2 – Same type, different finger arrangement, slightly different face. More sophisticated than Gray-1… May not need secretions (large-nosed or large-muzzled grays? – Branton).

GRAY-3: Same basic type. Lips thinner. More subservient to other two grays.

BLONDES, SWEDES, NORDICS: Known by any of these monikers. Similar to humans (although it is unknown as to whether they are related to any of the nationalities mentioned). Blond hair, blue eyes. Will not break (so-called) ’universal law’ of ’non- interference’ to help us…

INTER-DIMENSIONAL: Entity that can assume various shapes… (most likely fallen angelic. These often apparently utilize androidal forms, temporary energy forms, forms constructed from restructured physical matter, or even physical ’shells’ constructed in forms similar to grays, humans or other configurations – Branton)

HAIRY DWARF’S: Four feet tall, 35 lbs. Extremely strong. Hairy (possibly a degenerate branch of humanoid Sasquatch – Branton).

VERY TALL RACE: Look like humans but seven or eight feet tall. United with Blondes.

HUMANS APPEARING SIMILAR TO BLONDES SEEN WITH GRAYS:…Child- like mentality.

MIB’S: (Men In Black). Wear all black. Sunglasses. Very pale skin. Do nor conform to normal accepted patterns; Extremely sensitive to light…”

Commander X also related the following concerning the ’Inter- Dimensionals’ who have obtained physical forms allowing them to operate in the physical world:

“…What the government didn’t realize was that they (the Grays) planned to abduct tens of thousands of individuals, plant monitoring devices in their brains, and program them with specific series’ of responses to direct commands.

“The EBEs–also behind our backs–began to mutilate cows and other animals because they wished to use their tissues TO CREATE A GENETICALLY ADVANCED RACE OF FLESH AND BLOOD ROBOTS. When the government realized what the EBEs had in mind, and wanted to back out of their agreement, THE ’ALIENS’ TOOK OVER SEVERAL UNDERGROUND BASES WHERE THEY HAD ALREADY INSTALLED UNDERGROUND LABORATORIES.”

Again, in reference to the ’serpent races’, John A. Keel, in his book ’OUR HAUNTED PLANET’ (1968. Fawcett Publications., Greenwich, Conn.) has stated:

“…The parahuman Serpent People of the past are still among us. They were probably worshipped by the builders of Stonehenge and the forgotten ridge-making cultures of South America.

“…In some parts of the world the Serpent People successfully posed as gods and imitated the techniques of the superintelligence. This led to the formation of pagan religions centered around human sacrifices. The conflict, so far as man himself was concerned, became one of religions and races. Whole civilizations based upon the worship of these false gods rose and fell in Asia, Africa, and South America. The battleground had been chosen, and the mode of conflict had been decided upon.

“The human race would supply the pawns. The mode of control was complicated as usual. Human beings were largely free of direct control. Each individual HAD TO CONSCIOUSLY COMMIT HIMSELF TO ONE OF THE OPPOSING FORCES…

“The main battle was for what was to become known as the human soul.

“Once an individual had committed himself, he opened a door so that an indefinable something could actually enter his body and exercise some control over his subconscious mind (this would be either the pure Spirit of Christ or the corrupting spirit of anti-Christ. Just as nature hates a vacuum, so does the human spirit. In other words, what Keel is saying is that the human spirit cannot work entirely of it’s own, but is a channel or a vessel of ’other’ powers, whether good or evil. The act of ’free will’ which is given to man is a ’choice’ over which of these powers to submit to, and to accept personal responsibility for that choice – Branton).

“…the Serpent People or Omega Group, attacked man in various ways, trying to rid the planet of him. But the superintelligence was still able to look over man… God worked out new ways of communication and control, always in conflict with the Serpent People.”

One of the classic examples of combined interaction between the physical Serpent Race and the other-dimensional ’Infernals’ in a common cause is given in the case of Brian Scott. According to Commander X, the area where Scott was abducted within the Superstition mountains of Arizona contains an underground base where, he alleged, at least five individuals had been abducted (to the underground base) that he is aware of, Brian Scott being one of them. The Superstition mountains are notorious for the many bizarre deaths and be-headings that have taken place there.

Many have alleged that in certain parts of this wasteland a sudden force or irrational impulse can come over a person and cause them to suddenly turn against others in their party. There have been several cases where strange ’voices’ have driven treasure-hunters insane and, in some cases, driven them to kill their partners. Even though the following account does not specifically mention the underground base described by Commander X, other sources who have talked to Mr. Scott do suggest that an underground installation was involved.

Brad Steiger, in his book ’THE UFO ABDUCTORS’ (1988., Berkley Books., N.Y.) describes Brian Scott’s experiences as follows:

“…Scott’s first abduction reportedly occurred in the Arizona desert near Phoenix in 1971, and he claimed that another had just occurred on December 22, 1975, in Garden Grove, California. In between, Scott said, there were three other terrifying sessions with the aliens and repeated visits to his home by balls of light and a transparent being that called itself the Host.

“Incredibly, Scott found that a friend of his was already inside the craft. The two of them were taken into a small room that began to fill with a fog or a mist. Then they were confronted by four or five ’very horrifying’ creatures. Scott described them as having gray skin like that of a crocodile or a rhino, with a thicker patch of hide over the front torso… The beings were seven feet tall, according to Scott, and… had three fingers and a thumb kicked over to one side.”

Steiger then records a conversation between Scott and researcher Timothy Green Beckley:

“TIM BECKLEY: What happened on the day when your wife was sent to the hospital?

“SCOTT: She had been to work, pretty much handling everything that was going on around her. Then I got a call that she wasn’t feeling very well. I brought her home, and after about fifteen minutes of sitting there talking with her, she was saying several things, none of which made any sense to me or to her. She said that she had been in the bathroom and suddenly felt hands all over her body. It was as if someone had broken into the house and molested her. When she calmed down and started making explanations to me about what the hell was wrong with her, it was as if, from her description, the guys I had seen aboard the craft in 1971 had visited her. This is odd, because she has never even seen any sketches that I made of those entities.

“BECKLEY: So this was an actual materialization–if you want to call it that–of the entities in the house?

“SCOTT: I don’t know what is was.

“BECKLEY: But she was so upset that you decided to take her to the hospital?

“SCOTT: Later that evening, it seemed as if she was okay. I was on the phone, and the baby was getting into everything so I couldn’t carry on the conversation. I got up and went looking for my wife. I heard a bumping sound and a moan coming from the bathroom. My wife was on the floor, hyperventilating. I got her up and onto a chair in the living room. I was on my way to call her mother when she just fell flat on her face. I called the paramedics, and while they were on the way, she got up and fell down again. Then she began to become hysterical. It took four paramedics to hold her down. She was throwing people around as if they were tissue paper. Guys were thrown backward against the furniture. Finally they loaded her up in the ambulance. I came back in the house, and the baby was not in the playpen. I panicked, because I couldn’t find our one-year-old baby who got out of a playpen!”

Steiger continued:

Tim Beckley asked Scott about the Host. ’There is one entity that comes through that calls itself the Host, whatever that means,’ Scott attempted to explain. ’It speaks in what sounds like some kind of computerized language. The voice seems to come out of me, an inner voice that is not mine. The entity says that I am one with it. It says, “I am; I am” or “You are one with me.” When asked if it has a name, it will just come back and say, “I am; I am.”


“’The other night we heard some strange sounds coming from the bedroom. I began to speak in a foreign language that we later found out was Greek. Where that came from, I don’t know. I wrote in Greek BACKWARD. On top of that, I was writing with my left hand, and I am right-handed.

“’This voice was talking. We asked who it was, and the name Ashtar came out.

“’Then it began to use the name Ashtar and speak to my wife. It told her things about her past that only she could know. This went on for a while, then it went on to say it would give her all the money in the world. It only wanted one thing in return–her soul.’

Beckley pointed out,” Steiger continues “that is sounded as though diabolical entities might be coming onto the scene, attracted by the extreme vibrations. He also observed that ASHTAR sounded very much like ISHTAR, an ancient Babylonian goddess (Note: Ashtar-oth was also the legendary ’consort’ to BAAL, the ancient Chaldean ’god’ two whom the ancients offered up human sacrifices – Branton).

“…Beckley asked J.D. (an investigator associated with a civilian UFO investigations group who studied the Brian Scott incident) how he would differentiate between what may have originally been an abduction case and the various types of poltergeistic phenomena that now seemed to prompt Scott’s resultant trance state. Are they one and the same? Are they closely related mysteries? Or are they entirely different aspects of a more general phenomenon?

J.D. indicated that he was aware that there had been other cases such as Scott’s. The manifestations of balls of light streaking through the homes of contactees and abductees apparently are more frequent than many investigators realize.

J.D. mentioned that one voice, a horrible voice, came through and claimed to be Beelzebub, the Devil. J.D. was convinced that the entity was simply trying to frighten away the investigators.” (we wonder – Branton)

Aside from the 3-fingered, 7 ft. tall ’Crocodilian’ creatures encountered by Brian Scott, there was another group involved in his abductions as well.

According to Steiger:

“…The secondary group was composed of beings who were small, with frail bodies, milky white skin, large bald heads, thin lips, and enormous eyes… supposedly this group, perhaps from the sixth or seventh planets around the star EPSILON BOOTES, placed a satellite in orbit around our moon… the taller… entities from ’time beyond all time,’ have the power to veto actions planned by those beings of the secondary world…”
In reference to the supposed ’mission’ these creatures had chosen Brian Scott for, Steiger states:

“…Scott was to design a transportation technology that would move matter through space. He was to master quantum displacement physics and begin to develop a mind transference machine TO BE USED TO UNITE ALL HUMANS. Such a machine would help to develop a philosophy of cosmic brotherhood (as well as kill all personality, individuality and privacy among humans – Branton). The above tasks, of course, would seem impossible for a combination of Einstein and Superman, but they are typical of the type of grandiose mission(s) assigned to so many contactees and abductees.”

“…The Master Ashtar appears in much of UFO contactee literature. One cannot help noting the ancient origin of the name Ishtar, Ashtar, Asta, described always as a god of evil and negativity in the Bible… Ashtar seems to belong more to the contactees than the abductees, but there are instances where those who claim to have been forcefully taken aboard UFOs describe an interaction with beings who represent themselves as emissaries of ’Ashtar’s Grand Plan.’”

Brian Scott seems to have encountered the same ’Lizard’ like or ’Crocodilian’ sauroids describes by others, the gan-greenish coloured creatures who are often described as being nearly 7 ft. tall, with reptilian features, and who are believed by many to be the overlords of the large-nosed and common ’Greys’, being second only in hierarchy to the pterodactylin ’Mothmen’ and of course the ’infernals’ themselves, of which the so-called ’Host’ seemed to have been a part. Following are still other documented encounters with different branches of this apparently hominoid-saurian race:

Arkady Leokum, writing in a nationally syndicated news article called ’TELL ME WHY’, revealed some important facts about the ancient Saurians. His article, titled: ’DINOSAURS DEVELOPED FROM REPTILES’, stated the following:

“…Since dinosaurs were reptiles, they must have developed from reptiles that lived before them.

“The first dinosaurs to develop resembled their reptile ancestors, who were like lizards, AND WHO COULD WALK ON THEIR HIND LEGS. Some kinds remained small, but others grew heavier and longer.

“In time, many of them were 6 to 8 feet long. There was even a few 20 feet long and weighing as much as an elephant. They had small heads and short, blunt teeth, which were only good for eating plants. They lived in low, swampy places.

“Then came the next period, the Age of Reptiles. Some of the plant-eating dinosaurs became so large that even four legs couldn’t support them on land. They had to spend most of their lives in rivers and swamps. One of these giants was the brontosaurus, 70 to 80 feet long and weighing about 38 tons!

“At the same time, other dinosaurs were able to walk about on land. One of these, allosaurus, was 34 feet long, had sharp teeth and claws, and fed on brontosaurus and other plant eaters.

“So, dinosaurs were a stage in the development of the reptiles..”

This article strongly suggests that the dinosaurs and other reptiles (including amphibians?) were/are an extremely adaptable race, capable of mutating to an incredible degree to “fit in” to whatever environment these creatures found themselves in. Also, the fact that some “dinosaurs” became sea-going beasts suggest that ALL (both reptilians and amphibians) may have originated from a single group of 6-8 ft. long bi-ped lizards which roamed the earth in ancient times.

There are indications that the original ’Nachash’ or ’Serpent’ of Hebrew tradition and history possessed both reptilian, draconian as well as amphibian features, and was in fact a hominoid creature. Even today, reptilians and amphibians possess similar characteristics scales, claws, webbed appendages, etc. Scientists tell us that snakes, pleseosaurs (such as allegedly dwells in Loch Ness in Scotland, former home of the satanist Aliester Crowley who expressed his own fascination with the ’beast’ of the Loch) and other aquatic or semi-aquatic reptiles–and amphibians–once possessed lizard-saurian like limbs before taking up an aquatic or semi-aquatic existence, after which the limbs became atrophied. This may explain why AMPHIBIANS of hominoid form have, like their reptilian counterparts, been seen on occasion, and have even caused serious physical injury, unprovoked, to witnesses on the scene.

The following accounts, which appear in ’CURIOUS ENCOUNTERS’, by Loren Coleman (Faber & Faber., Boston, Mass. 1985) pp. 70-76, describe encounters with reptilian and/or amphibian hominoid or bi-ped creatures of a semi-aquatic nature. We might conclude, based on the above, that the following accounts may involve yet another branch or branches of the “Serpent Race” which, although extremely adaptable like a mutating virus, nevertheless may have had a common root in the upright-walking lizards that preceded the dinosaurs thousands of years ago.

The author’s reference to “Bigfoot“, at least in these cases, refer to the reptilian-amphibian hominoids that have been observed, and should not be associated with the “hairy giants” or humanoids who, unlike the creatures described here, are apparently part of the human family.

Loren Coleman describes some encounters with these non-human beasts which have taken place near the west coast:

“One classic Bigfoot story, (discussed in some detail in MYSTERIOUS AMERICA) namely, the Wetzel/Riverside, California sighting on 8 November 1958, CLEARLY FITS THE REPTILIAN MODE better than the anthropoid one. Wetzel described, as you may recall, the fluorescent- eyed ’thing’ as having a protuberant mouth and a body COVERED WITH SCALES, looking like leaves. Wetzel’s ’thing’ emerged from the Santa Ana River underbrush.

“The connection to water is a strong theme in all of these accounts so it is not so surprising that the next puzzle comes from the lake monster file. Trekking up the West Coast, the following report concerns a monster that actually looks like it stepped out of the wardrobe room of the Black Lagoon movie.

Thetis Lake is near Cottonwood, British Columbia, not far from Victoria, Cadboro Bay, off Victoria and Vancouver Island, (and) is well known for the perennial sea monster ’Cadborosaurus.’ So understandably a new creature in the neighborhood would be grouped under the same type of facade by the press. But the Thetis monster appears to be something else altogether.

“On 19 August 1972 Gordon Pike and Robin Flewellyn said a five-foot-tall animal appeared on the surface of Thetis Lake AND CHASED THEM FROM THE BEACH. Flewellyn was CUT on the hand by six razor-sharp points atop the monster’s head. A Royal Canadian Mounted Police officer was quoted at the time as saying:

’The boys seem sincere, and until we determine otherwise we have no alternative but to continue our investigation.’

“The next Wednesday afternoon, 23 August, the Thetis Monster was encountered again. Mike Gold and Russell Van Nice said they saw ’it’ around 3:30 P.M. and on the other side of the lake away from the recreation area of its first appearance. Mike Gold noted: ’It came out of the water and looked around. Then it went back into the water. Then we ran!’ He described the creature as ’shaped like an ordinary body, like a human being body but it had a monster face, and it was all scaly (with) a point sticking out of its head (and) great big ears.’ It was silver.

“The Thetis monster account sounds similar to one from Saginaw, Michigan, occurring in 1937. A man-like monster climbed up a river bank, leaned against a tree, and then returned to the river. The fisherman who witnessed this appearance suffered a nervous breakdown. This Saginaw tale, the reports of clawed and three-toed prints from Wisconsin to Missouri, and other supposedly ’Bigfoot’ or ’manimal’ encounters perhaps should be reexamined in light of the REPTILIAN creatures from the Black Lagoon.

“The big Deltox Swamp, Wisconsin flap, investigated by Ivan T. Sanderson in 1979, for example, has always been shelved with Bigfoot reports. But what is to be made of the tracks of the creature, like footprints of ’a good-sized man with swim fins.’

“This trait is a more frequent characteristic in the so-called eastern Bigfoot reports than you might realize. For example, there’s the case of the creature of Charles Mill Lake in Mansfield, Ohio. A green-eyed, seven-foot-tall, seemingly armless humanoid, seen late in March 1959 by Michael Lane, Wayne Armstrong, and Dennis Patterson, came out of the lake and left behind ’tracks that resembled the footgear worn by skin divers.’ The thing was seen again in 1963 and described as ’luminous and green-eyed.’ I examined the site of these encounters and can testify to the Charles Mill Lake’s swampy affinities–certainly a good home for a Black Lagoon beast

“In 1973, during the summer, residents of New Jersey’s Newton-Lafayette area described A GIANT, MAN-LIKE ALLIGATOR they had seen locally. Newspaper reporters wrote about an old Indian tale from the region that told of a giant, man-sized fish that could never be caught. In 1977, New York State Conservation Naturalist Alfred Hulstruck reported that the state’s Southern Tier had ’a scaled, man- like creature (that) appears at dusk from the red, algae-ridden waters to forage among the fern and moss-covered uplands.’

“The New York-New Jersey record, however, cannot compare with the overwhelming series of narratives issuing from one place in the United States, the Ohio River Valley.

“Over twenty years ago, by digging into the back issues of the Louisville, Kentucky, COURIER-JOURNAL, I discovered one of those gems that has kept me pondering its meaning for two decades. The interesting little item was in the 24 October 1878 issue. A ’WIld Man of the Woods’ was captured, supposedly, in Tennessee, and then placed on exhibit in Louisville. The creature was described as being six feet, five inches tall, and having eyes twice the normal size. His body was ’COVERED WITH SCALES.’ This article now makes some sense.

“And then almost a hundred years later, again near Louisville, there are more stories of REPTILIAN ENTITIES. In October 1975, near Milton, Kentucky, Clarence Cable reported a ’giant lizard’ was roaming the forests near his junkyard. Author Peter Guttilla described the creature Cable surprised as ’about fifteen feet long, had a foot-long forked tongue, and big eyes that bulged something like a frog’s. It was dull-white with black-and-white stripes across its body with quarter-size speckles over it.’

“On-site field investigations by Mark A. Hall, however, indicated this ’giant lizard’ RAN BIPEDALLY, according to OTHER Trimble County, Kentucky witnesses. The Ohio River is Louisville’s, Milton’s, and Trimble county’s northern boundary.

“On 21 August 1955, near Evansville, Indiana, Mrs. Darwin Johnson was almost pulled forever into the depths of the Ohio River. In what seems to be a very close meeting with one of those creatures, Mrs. Johnson, of Godtown, Indiana, was swimming with her friend Mrs. Chris Lamble about fifteen feet from the shore when SUDDENLY SOMETHING GRABBED HER FROM UNDER THE SURFACE. It felt like the ’hand’ had huge claws and ’furry’ (or scaly?) palms. It came up from behind, grabbed her left leg, grabbed her knee, and pulled her under. She kicked and fought herself free. It pulled her under again. Although both women could not see the thing, they were screaming and yelling to scare it away. Finally, Mrs. Johnson lunged for Mrs. Lamble’s inner tube, and the loud ’thump’ apparently scared ’it’ away, and ’it’ released its grip. Back on shore, Mrs. Johnson received treatment for her scratches and marks on her leg.

“Fortean investigator Terry Colvin passed on the information that Mrs. Johnson had a palm-print-shaped green stain below her knee that could not be removed, and it remained for several days.

(Interestingly, Colvin learned the Johnsons were visited by an individual who identified himself as an Air Force colonel who took voluminous notes and warned them not to talk further about the incident. Of course, this sounds so similar to the ’Man-In-Black’ encounter that is goes almost without saying.)

“For anyone who has seen CREATURE FROM THE BLACK LAGOON, the Ohio River encounter of Mrs. Darwin Johnson is already familiar, for her attack was foreshadowed in that movie…

“1972… In March of that year on two separate occasions, two Ohio policemen saw what has become known as the ’Loveland Frogman.’ Investigated by Ron Schaffner and Richard Mackey, these researchers interviewed the officers involved but have not published their names, instead using the fictitious names ’Williams’ and ’Johnson.’

“The first incident took place at 1:00 A.M. on 3 March 1972, on a clear, cold night. Officer Williams was on route to Loveland, via Riverside Road, when he thought he saw a dog beside the road. But when the ’thing’ stood up, its eyes illuminated by the car lights, looked at him for an instant, turned, and leapt over the guardrail. Williams saw it go down an embankment into the Little Miami River, a mere fifteen or so miles from the Ohio River. He described the thing as weighing about sixty pounds, about three to four feet tall, having a textured leathery skin, AND A FACE LIKE A FROG OR LIZARD. Williams went on to the police station and returned with Officer Johnson to look for evidence of the creature. They turned up scrape-marks leading down the side of the small hill near the river.

“On approximately 17 March 1972, Officer Johnson was driving outside of Loveland when he had a similar experience. Seeing an animal lying in the middle of the road, he stopped to remove what he thought was a dead critter. Instead, when the officer opened his squeaky car door, the animal got up into a crouched position like a football player. The creature hobbled to the guardrail and lifted its leg over, while constantly looking at Johnson. Perhaps it was the funny smirk on its face, but Johnson decided to shoot at it. He missed, he figured, since the thing didn’t slow down. Johnson later told how he felt it was more upright than the way Williams described it. One area farmer told investigators he saw a large, FROG-LIKE OR LIZARD-LIKE CREATURE during the same month of the officers’ sightings…”


In the March 13, 1990 issue of the SUN, writer Lou Tarragon alleged the following in his article ’UFO UNDERGROUND CITY FOUND IN BRAZIL’:

“A team of archaeologists probing ancient ruins in Brazil have discovered an underground city that was inhabited by aliens 6,000 year ago! The shocking discovery was made by Dr. Jorge Tejero and his team of 20 college students who were searching for ancient artifacts in the mountains near Sao Paulo.

“One of the students unknowingly came upon the underground city when he stumbled down a steep 20-foot incline deep inside the damp and dark caves. Tejero and his students all descended the incline, into a large chamber filled with pottery, jewels and four-foot skeletons.

“’I thought we had found the ruins of an ancient civilization,’ says Tejero, ’until I realized that the skeletons WERE NEITHER HUMAN BEINGS or animals. THEY HAD TWO FINGERS ON EACH HAND AND THREE TOES ON EACH FOOT, and one large ear protruding from their heads. THEIR SKULLS WERE VERY LARGE, and their eyes were set closer together than humans.’

“Startled by their unusual findings, the team probed further into the cave and discovered translator-like devices and communications equipment.

“’There is no doubt we’ve discovered an advanced alien civilization that thrived in ancient South America,’ says professor Tejero. Tests on the structures and materials inside the cave show they could have been living here 6,000 years ago! THESE CREATURES WERE NEITHER HUMAN BEINGS NOR THEIR (presumed – Branton) ape-like ancestors. Their bodies are markedly different.

Charles Berlitz, in his ’WORLD OF THE INCREDIBLE BUT TRUE’ (Fawcett Crest Books., N.Y.), related the following incident concerning another hominoid predator or ’Lizard Man’:

“There have been numerous Bigfoot sightings in the United States and around the world. The humanlike creatures are usually said to be large and hairy with glowing eyes. During the summer of 1988, however, residents of Bishopville, South Carolina, reported accounts of a rare breed of Bigfoot: A SEVEN-FOOT-TALL LIZARD MAN WITH GREEN SCALY SKIN. According to witnesses, unlike other Bigfoot creatures Lizard Man has only three toes on each foot, as well as long apelike arms that end in three fingers tipped with FOUR-INCH CLAWS. Only the second Bigfoot to have only three fingers on each hand, and the first (discovered by Berlitz – Branton) to also have three toes on each foot. Lizard Man is the most unusual Bigfoot ever reported.

“Seventeen-year-old Chris Davis first encountered Lizard Man around 2:00 A.S. on June 29. On his way home, the teen stopped near the brackish waters of Scape Ore Swamp outside Bishopville to change a flat tire. While replacing the jack in the car’s trunk, he glimpsed something running across the field toward him. Jumping into his 1976 Toyota Celica, he was quickly engaged in a tug-of-war with the reptilian creature as he tried to pull the door closed. Then Lizard Man jumped onto the car’s roof, where he left scratches in the paint as evidence of his attack.

“Hysterical, Davis returned home and told only his parents and a few close friends about the experience. Law enforcement officers, however, interrogated him after neighbors said the boy might know something about the strange bite marks and scratches found on another car.

Davis wasn’t alone in his report. Soon other reports were flooding the sheriff’s office. Teenagers Rodney Nolfe and Shane Stokes, for example, were driving near the swamp with their girlfriends when Lizard Man darted across the road in front of their car. Construction worker George Holloman also claimed Lizard Man jumped at him as he was collecting water from an artesian well.

“Investigating the area around the swamp, state trooper Mike Hodge and Lee County deputy sheriff Wayne Atkinson found three crumbled, forty-gallon cardboard drums. The tops of saplings were ripped off eight feet above the ground. And there were, according to Hodge, ’humongous footprints,’ fourteen-by-seven-inch impressions in hard red clay. Following the tracks for four hundred yards, the officers backtracked and found new prints impressed in their car’s tire tracks. According to state wildlife biologists, the footprints matched no known animal species.” (This “Lizard Man” sighting was covered in one of the episodes of Tim White’s “SIGHTINGS” documentary, “MONSTERS” segment, on the Fox Network – Branton).

A letter from researcher Jason Bishop to another researcher stated the following concerning some ’Reptoid’ encounters he had investigated:

“…The others who have contact with the Reptoids are very secretive and work with me, very close. They have photos of marks on their bodies after abductions (which are on-going). 3 of them are in one family and now they (Reptoids) even recently abducted the new baby TOO!

“Since two of these people have also had M.I.B. experiences, where they entered the house ’THROUGH’ a locked door, and the other (has) contacts with government agents… I must be true to my promise NOT to make public info related to their experiences. But one of these people (had been) documenting the reptoid events of this family and OTHERS ON THEIR BLOCK and I’m trying to get them to publish this under another name and have other people handle the sales of the booklet. Will keep you posted.

“One of the experiences, involved 3 people and a cave (in Black Mountain, between Las Vegas, Nevada and Kingman, Arizona)… Another was at a dam, while a group was camping in Nevada. More recent (this year, near L.A., California) are Reptoids materializing in two peoples homes (glowing green) and are VERY similar to my experiences in 1979!”

What may well have been the most notorious of all “scares” involving reptilian beings, involved a combined “invasion” of pterodactylin-hominoidMothmen” and “Men In Black“. These creatures have been referred to as Mothmen, Winged Dracos, and Winged Serpents, depending on the source involved. They reportedly terrorized a particular area in West Virginia, according to John A. Keel, in the mid-1960’s.

Keel is convinced that these malevolent entities were involved in the tragic “silver bridge” disaster in which several UFO witnesses perished, based on certain strange circumstances surrounding the event. In his book ’THE MOTHMEN PROPHECIES’ (Signet Books., N.Y.) Keel reveals the following:

“The moment I met Mrs. Hyre’s niece Connie Carpenter in 1966, I knew she was telling the truth because her eyes were reddened, watery, and almost swollen shut. I had seen these symptoms many times in my treks around the country investigating UFO reports. Witnesses who were unlucky enough to have a close encounter with an unidentified flying object, usually a dazzlingly brilliant aerial light, are exposed to actinic rays…ultraviolet rays…which can cause ’eyeburn,’ medically known as KLIEG CONJUNCTIVITIS.

These are the same kind of rays that tan your hide at the beach. If you lie in the bright sun without protecting your eyes you can get conjunctivitis. Whatever they are, UFOs radiate intense actinic rays. There are now thousands of cases in which witnesses suffered eye-burns and temporary eye damage… even temporary blindness… after viewing a strange flying light in the night sky.

“…What puzzled me about Connie’s case, however, was that she had not seen a splendid luminous flying saucer. She had seen a giant ’winged man’ in broad daylight.

“According to her story, Connie, a shy, sensitive eighteen-year- old, was driving home from church at 10:30 A.M. on Sunday, November 27, 1966, when, as she passed the deserted greens of Mason County Golf Course outside New Haven, West Virginia, she suddenly saw a huge gray figure. It was shaped like a man, she said, but much larger.

It was at least SEVEN FEET TALL and very broad. The thing that attracted her attention was not its size but its eyes. IT HAD, SHE SAID, LARGE, ROUND, FIERCELY GLOWING RED EYES THAT FOCUSED ON HER WITH HYPNOTIC EFFECT.

“’It’s a wonder I didn’t run off the road and have a wreck,’ she commented later.

“As she slowed, her eyes fixed on the apparition, a pair of wings unfolded from its back. They seemed to have a span of about ten feet. It was definitely not an ordinary bird but a MAN-SHAPED THING which rose slowly off the ground, straight up like a helicopter, silently. Its wings did not flap in flight. It headed straight toward Connie’s car, its horrible eyes fixed to her face, then it swooped low over her head as she shoved the accelerator to the floor-boards in utter hysteria.

“OVER ONE HUNDRED PEOPLE WOULD SEE THIS BIZARRE CREATURE THAT WINTER.

“Connie’s conjunctivitis lasted over two weeks, apparently caused by those glowing red eyes. At the time of my first visit to Point Pleasant in 1966 I did not relate the winged weirdo to flying saucers. Later events not only proved that a relationship existed, but that relationship also is a vital clue to the whole mystery.

“Max’s Kansas City is a famous watering hole for New York’s hip crowd. In the summer of 1967 an oddball character wandered into that restaurant noted for its oddball clientele. He was tall and awkward, dressed in an ill-fitting black suit that seemed out of style. His chin came to a sharp point and his eyes bulged slightly like ’thyroid eyes.’ He sat down in a booth and gestured to the waitress with his long, tapering fingers.

“’Something to eat,’ he mumbled. The waitress handed him a menu. He stared at it uncomprehendingly, apparently unable to read. ’Food,’ he said almost pleadingly.

“’How about a steak?’ she offered.

“’Good.’

“She brought him a steak with all the trimmings. He stared at it for a long moment and then picked up his knife and fork, glancing around at the other diners. It was obvious he did not know how to handle the implements! The waitress watched him as he fumbled helplessly. Finally she showed him how to cut the steak and spear it with the fork. He sawed away at the meat. Clearly he really was hungry.

“’Where are you from?’ she asked gently.

“’Not from here.’

“’Where?’

“’Another world.’

“Boy, another put-on artist, she thought to herself. The other waitresses gathered in a corner and watched him as he fumbled with his food, a stranger in a strange land.

“A large white car with a faulty muffler wheezed and rattled up the back street in New Haven, West Virginia, where Connie Carpenter lived, and Jack Brown knocked at her door.

“’I’m a–a friend of Mary Hyre’s.’

“His strange demeanor and disjointed questions distressed her and disturbed her husband, Keith, and her brother Larry. It quickly became obvious that he was not particularly interested in Connie’s sighting of the man-bird the year before. He seemed more concerned with Mrs. Hyre and my own relationship with her (we were professional friends, nothing more).

“’What do you think–if–what would Mary Hyre do–if someone told her to stop writing about UFOs?’ he asked.

“’She’d probably tell them to drop dead.’ Connie replied.

“Most of the questions were stupid, even unintelligible. After a rambling conversation he drove off into the night in his noisy car. Connie called her aunt immediately, puzzled and upset by the visit. He was such a very odd man, she noted, and he wouldn’t speak at all if you weren’t looking directly into his dark, hypnotic eyes. Connie, Kieth and Larry not only noticed his long-fingered hands, but there was also something very peculiar about his ears. They couldn’t say exactly what. But there was something…

“Another kind of Man in Black haunted Brooklyn, New York, in 1877-80. He had wings and performed aerial acrobatics over the heads of the crowds of sunbathers at Coney Island. A Mr. W. H. Smith first reported these strange flights in a letter to the NEW YORK SUN, September 18, 1877. The creature was not a bird, but a ’winged human(oid) form.’

“This flying ’man’ became a local sensation and, according to the NEW YORK TIMES, September 12, 1880, ’many reputable persons’ saw him as he was ’engaged in flying toward New Jersey.’ He maneuvered at an altitude of about one thousand feet, sporting ’BATS WINGS’ and making swimminglike movements. Witnesses claimed to have seen his face clearly. He ’WORE A CRUEL AND DETERMINED EXPRESSION.’ The entire figure was black, standing out sharply against the clear blue sky…

North American Indians have extensive legends about the Thunderbird, a huge bird said to carry off children and old people. It was accompanied by loud noises, hums, buzzes and, apparently rumbles from the infrasonic and ultrasonic levels. Known as PIASA to the Indians of the Dakotas, it was supposed to have terrifying red eyes and a long tail… a monstrous demon with… bat’s wings, and a body closely in human form.

“…In May 1961, a New York pilot was buzzed by a ’damned big bird, bigger than an eagle. For a moment I doubted my sanity because it looked more like a pterodactyl out of the prehistoric past.’ The thing had swooped at his plane as he cruised up the Hudson River valley.

“Far away, in the Ohio River valley, another startled pair had an even more breathtaking experience. A woman prominent in civic affairs in Point Pleasant, West Virginia, was driving on Route 2 along the Ohio River with her elderly father. As they passed through a sector on the edge of the park known as the Chief Cornstalk Hunting Grounds, a tall manlike figure suddenly appeared on the road in front of them.

“’I slowed down,’ she told me years later, ’and as we got closer we could see that it was much larger than a man. A big gray figure. It stood in the middle of the road. Then a pair of wings unfolded from its back and they practically filled the whole road. It almost looked like a small airplane. Then it took off straight up…disappeared out of sight in seconds. We were both terrified. I stepped on the gas and raced out of there.

“…A businessman in Arlington, Virginia, wrote to me recently, describing an experience he and three friends had in the winter of 1969-69. They were at a farm near Haymarket when they heard a strange rushing sound near a small lake. Intrigued, they set out with flashlights and a couple of dogs to investigate. Suddenly the dogs howled, turned tail, and ran. There, standing by a tree was a huge dark shadow between eight and twelve feet tall. The quartet scurried back to their car, turned on their lights, and swung toward the shadow. ’All we saw,’ he reported, ’was this huge thing with large red-orange eyeballs and winglike arms. We couldn’t get out of there fast enough.’”

Keel goes on to relate the experience of Woodrow Derenberger, who experienced a weird encounter on November 4th (1966?) while driving on Route 7 outside of Parkersburg “when he suddenly felt a tingling sensation in his forehead.” Then thoughts from a being that identified itself as Indrid Cold from the planet ’Lanulos’ “began to spring full-blown in his mind.”

According to Keel:

“Two weeks later, though Woody wasn’t aware of it at the time, two salesmen visited Mineral Wells and went from house to house with their wares. They weren’t very interested in making sales. At one house they offered bibles. At another, hardware. At a third they were ’Mormon missionaries from Salem, Oregon’ (a UFO wave was taking place in Salem at that time). One man was tall, blond, and looked like a Scandinavian. His partner was short and slight, with pointed features and a dark olive complexion. They asked questions about Woody and were particularly interested in opinions on the validity of his alleged contact…”

“High explosives were manufactured in Point Pleasant during World War II. Seven miles outside of town part of the 2,500-acre McClintic Wildlife Station, an animal preserve and bird sanctuary, was ripped up. MILES OF UNDERGROUND TUNNELS WERE DUG, linking camouflaged buildings and factories. One hundred ’igloos’ were scattered across the fields and woods–huge concrete domes with heavy steel doors where the finished explosives could be safely stored. Dirt and grass covered the domes so from the air the whole area had a harmless, pastoral appearance. A few scattered buildings linked by improvised dirt roads with no suggestion of all the activity going on below ground. It looked like nothing more than what it was supposed to be, a haven for birds and animals in the Ohio River valley.

“After the war most of the explosives were carted away. The factories were dismantled. THE ENTRANCES AND EXITS OF THE TUNNELS WERE PLUGGED WITH THICK CONCRETE SLABS. Some of the igloos were given to the Mason County government as possible storage vaults. They still stand empty. Others were sold to the Trojan-U.S. Powder Co. and the LFC Chemical Co. Some were leased to American Cyanamid.

“…At 11:30 P.M. on the night of November 15, 1966, two young couples from Point Pleasant, Mr. and Mrs. Roger Scarberry and Mr. and Mrs. Steve Mallette, were driving through the TNT area in the Scarberry’s 1957 Chevy. They were looking for friends but no one seemed to be out that night. All of the twisting back roads were deserted. The few homes scattered among the igloos were dark.

“Roger, then a strapping blond eighteen-year-old, was driving. They aimlessly made the circuit of the roads around the igloos, returning to the old generator plant near the unlocked gate. As they pulled alongside the plant, Linda Scarberry gasped. They all looked into the blackness and saw two bright red circles. They were about two inches in diameter and six inches apart. Roger slammed on his brakes.

“’What is it?’ Mary Mallette, a strikingly attractive brunette, cried from the back seat.

“The lights bobbed away from the building and the startled foursome saw they were attached to some huge animal.

“’IT WAS SHAPED LIKE A MAN BUT BIGGER,’ Roger said later. ’MAYBE SIX AND A HALF OR SEVEN FEET TALL. AND IT HAD BIG WINGS FOLDED AGAINST ITS BACK.’

“’But it was those eyes that got us,’ Linda declared. ’It had two big eyes like automobile reflectors.’

“’They were hypnotic,’ Roger continued. ’For a minute we could only stare at it. I couldn’t take my eyes off it.’

“It was grayish in color and walked on sturdy manlike legs. IT TURNED SLOWLY AND SHUFFLED TOWARD THE DOOR OF THE GENERATOR PLANT WHICH WAS AJAR AND HANGING ON ITS HINGES.

“’Let’s get out of here!’ Steve yelled.

“Roger stepped on the gas and they shot through the gates, spun onto the exit road, and headed for Route 62…”

“At 7:15 A.M. on November 25, a young shoe salesman named Thomas Ury was driving along Route 62 just north of the TNT area when he noticed a tall, gray manlike figure standing in a field by the road. ’Suddenly it spread a pair of wings,’ Ury said, ’and took off straight up, like a helicopter.

“’It veered over my convertible and began going in circles three telephone poles high.’

“He stepped on the gas as the creature zoomed down over his vehicle. ’It kept flying right over my car even though I was doing seventy-five.’

“Mr. Ury sped into Point Pleasant and went straight to the sheriff’s office thoroughly panicked. ’I never saw anything like it,’ he confided to Mrs. Hyre later. ’I was so scared I just couldn’t go to work that day. The thing had a wingspan every bit of ten feet. It could be a bird, but I certainly never saw one like it. I was afraid it was going to come right down right on top of me.’

“The old familiar symptom, unreasonable terror, took hold of him. ’I’ve never had that feeling before. A weird kind of fear,’ he said. ’That fear gripped you and held you. Somehow, be best way to explain it would be to say that the whole thing just wasn’t right. I know that may not make sense, but that’s the only way I can put into words what I felt.’

John Keel related still other incidents of encounters with these fearful pterodactylin hominoids…

“’Look at that crazy character coming downwind in that plane,’ Eddie Adkins commented. He and four other men were standing on the field of the Gallipolis, Ohio, airport, just across the river from Point Pleasant on Sunday, December 4, 1966.

“At 3 P.M. that afternoon a large winged form came cruising majestically along the Ohio River, just behind the airport. The pilots later estimated that it was about three hundred feet in the air and was traveling about seventy miles an hour. As it drew closer they realized it was not a plane but was some kind of enormous bird with an unusually long neck. It seemed to be turning its head from side to side as if it were taking in the scenery

(Note: Scientists believe that saurian-reptilian pterodactyls used their heads and neck as a ’rudder’ while in flight, moving them from side to side, constantly readjusting in order to remain aloft – Branton).

The wings were not flapping.

“’MY GOD! IT’S SOMETHING PREHISTORIC!’ one of the men cried.

Everett Wedge grabbed his camera and sprinted to his small plane. By the time he was airborne the giant creature had vanished somewhere down river.”

John Keel personally investigated the TNT area and claimed that in one area an irrational “fear” gripped him. He would step out of the large circle and the sensation would cease. He again entered it and soon the induced atmosphere of fear and terror would almost overcome him until he was forced to leave it. Could this have been the site of an underground lair? Remember, the entire area is honeycombed with tunnels which have for years been sealed off to the public.

Keel related other accounts of encounters where witnesses saw these pterodactylin ’mothmen’, one of which entered one of the old buildings that led to the tunnels. Investigators followed the creature into the dome but the winged reptile seemed to have vanished. Keel related other incidents involving the ’Men In Black’ (who seemed to have a definite connection with the so-called ’mothmen’) Referring to the investigations of a fellow researcher by the name of Dan Drisin, he reveals:

“…During his second visit to Point Pleasant Dan uncovered some Mothmen witnesses I had missed. And he also came across some more baffling Men-In-Black-type reports. People up in the back hills has been seeing mysterious unmarked panel trucks which sometimes parked for hours in remote spots. There seemed to be several of these trucks in the area and the rumor was that they belonged to the air force. Men in neat coveralls were seen monkeying with telephone and power lines but no one questioned them.

“A woman living alone on an isolated island north of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, had two curious encounters with the same kind of beings. She had moved to a tiny one-room cabin on Keats Island in October 1967 and was soon seeing UFO lights nightly. On January 29, 1968, following a close sighting of ’a long dark body with dim red and yellow lights at both ends,’ she was surprised by two visitors. Both wore ’neat, dark coveralls’ and claimed to be employees of the hydroelectric company. They offered to help her put up a stovepipe. The younger of the two climbed on the roof of her cabin while the other handed him the pipes. ’I could hear the man on the ground directing him and the one on the roof would answer, “Yes, Master”.’

“After the pipe was installed, the pair joined her for tea. They seemed ’a little stiff.’ When they left she wondered how they had known she was there because ’the cabin couldn’t be seen from the road (and) the stove was out when they arrived, so there was no smoke from the chimney.’

“On May 2, she again encountered two men. ’One was the ’boss’ Hydro man in his neat coveralls,’ she reported (CANADIAN UFO REPORT, #13, 1972-73). ’The other was different, younger and about 19-20. As I entered the path, the boss man indicated with his hand for the young man to get behind him. They got well off the path and waited for me, the young man a little behind his boss. The fellow stared at me as if I were some kind of freak…’

“This time she didn’t invite them for tea. One odd thing she noticed during both meetings was their slow, careful way of walking. They looked at their feet and stepped uncertainly.

“The next day a jeep came along the road, containing four men inspecting lines… ’carelessly dressed, workaday men, none in coveralls. The boss wasn’t obviously so. They expressed no surprise at seeing me there, no concern or any particular interest. I told them two of their men had already been around the day before, inspecting the lines. They assured me yesterday’s men weren’t Hydro men, that somebody had been “pulling my leg.”’

“Somebody was also pulling a lot of legs in cosmopolitan Long Island. In West Virginia I had heard some stories about three men who looked ’like Indians’ and were accompanied by a fourth man, more normal-looking and very shabbily dressed in contrast to the other three. So I was nonplused when I heard identical descriptions from people on Long Island.

“An elderly woman who lived alone in a house near the summit of Mount Misery, the highest point on Long Island, had received a visit from this quartet in early April 1967, immediately after a severe rainstorm.

“’They had high cheekbones and very red faces, like a bad sunburn,’ she told me. ’They were very polite but they said my land belonged to their tribe and they were going to get it back. What frightened me was their feet. They didn’t have a car…they must have walked up that muddy hill…but their shoes were spotlessly clean. There was no trace of mud or water where they walked in my house.’

“That same week another visitor came to Mount Misery. This was a woman with striking white hair who claimed to represent a local newspaper. She carried a book ’like a big ledger’ and asked the witness a number of personal questions about her family background. When I later checked with the newspaper I found they employed no one of that description.

“The local Mount Misery expert was Miss Jane P. Paro, a radio personality then with station WBAB in Babylon, New York. Miss Paro is a dark-haired, dark-eyed young lady with a soft, haunting voice. At that time she conducted an interview show, largely devoted to the historical psychic lore of the region. Soon after she reported some UFO sightings around Mount Misery she began to receive all manner of crank calls, both at the station and on her UNLISTED home phone. METALLIC VOICES ordered her to meet them on ’the Mount’ (she didn’t go).

“…Mount Misery is a heavily wooded hill with a few narrow dirt roads slicing through it and a number of large mansions set back among the trees. The late Henry Stimson, secretary of war during World War II, maintained a lavish estate on the summit. For decades the Mount was known as a haunted place, THE SITE OF A NUMBER OF MYSTERIOUS DEATHS AND DISAPPEARANCES. In the spring of 1967, young couples necking on the back roads began to see low-flying UFOs, particularly around a field that was used as a junkyard for old cars. Others claimed to see a giant hairy monster with gleaming red eyes…”

Some sources have indicated that the large 7-ft. Tall “Lizard Like” beings such as were described earlier in this File, have been seen in deep underground tunnel networks below the general southwestern areas of Albuquerque, New Mexico (Dulce); Las Vegas, Nevada (Groom Lake), and Salt Lake City, Utah, among other areas. One source, a worker, reported to the 20/20 group (an aerial- conspiratorial-subsurface research organization) that he had seen, quite by accident, a large 7 ft. tall green-skinned Lizard-like sauroid with a group of (controlled?) human scientists in an elevator some 30 STORIES underground within the underground base complex that runs under southern Nevada and California.

He was convinced that the sighting was somehow an ’accident’, and that the elevator door should not have opened on that particular level! The following article describes what might be a similar group of beings, although these creatures seem to have been somewhat more human-size in their configuration and apparently intent on passing themselves off as human-like entities. The account appeared in the Omaha, Nebraska ’METRO UPDATE’ for Oct. 29 – Nov. 4, 1990.

Written by reporter Patricia C. Ress, the article was titled: ’LINCOLN MAN RECOUNTS ABDUCTIONS BY ALIENS’:

“People have been talking about flying saucers for about 45 years now — longer if you count the reports of the so-called ’foo fighters’ seen by pilots on both sides during World War II. But within the past 20 years we’ve been hearing more about a more frightening side to these visitations – abduction by aliens.

“The most famous case was that of Barney and Betty Hill, two New Englanders returning home from vacation and unable to account for a large block of missing time. Under hypnosis, a very frightening and detailed account of alien abduction emerged. Later there was Betty Andreason, who told of aliens who took her through walls and closed doors.

“Then came Budd Hopkins, who made a study of such abductions and chronicled one case in ’INTRUDERS-THE INCREDIBLE VISITATIONS AT COPELY WOODS.’ Next came the ’Gulf Breeze Sightings’ in Florida, and most recently author Whitley Strieber’s accounts of his own abductions in his books ’COMMUNION’ and ’TRANSFORMATION.’

“While most of these abductions took place in the East, some say that visiting aliens have been just as busy in the Midwest — even Nebraska. A Lincoln man recently recounted his experiences during a talk at the Oakcrest Institute in Elkhorn.

John Foster has been an engineer in Lincoln for a number of years. Lincoln, in fact, is his home town and the place where his abduction experiences began back in 1950. A soft-spoken down-home type of man, Foster reminds people of a young Joel McCrea.

“’Alien abduction is a terrifying and traumatic experience,’ Foster told the audience. ’Psychiatric counselors don’t know how to deal with this — even if you can get them to believe you.’

“Foster has gotten help and understanding from people like Dr. Leo Sprinkle of the University of Wyoming, who has dealt with numerous alien abduction cases. He also has been the subject of ridicule and rejection by both family and friends.

“’Often in a UFO abduction experience, things happen that are absolutely unbelievable. I have been told that IT IS NOT UNCOMMON FOR FAMILIES TO BREAK UP AFTER SUCH AN EXPERIENCE. I finally reached the point where I no longer care what people think of me.’ Foster said.

“He said he wasn’t fully aware of what had happened to him over the years until the 1980s. In 1981 he was sitting outside his home in Lincoln with a friend and on a lark, they both said a prayer (or incantation? – Branton) that they would see a flying saucer and soon after, one appeared, he said.

“On another occasion in March, 1966, he saw a light out behind the trees as he sat on his patio, he said, and the sight triggered a distant memory of something that had happened to him when he was in grade school in Lincoln in 1950.

“He said 40 or 50 people were outside watching a movie when swirling lights suddenly appeared, ALONG WITH A CRAFT THAT INITIALLY LOOKED LIKE A HELICOPTER.

“Foster recalled being INCAPACITATED AND FEELING STRANGE. He said he saw a craft appear WITH THREE LITTLE MEN who appeared to be fixing it. He felt an overwhelming desire to get inside the craft, but once he did, he discovered it was in a different form. ’We got a lesson about history, mankind and something about Indians and buffalo,’ he said.

“When he looked around him, Foster said, he noticed that everyone else seemed to be FROZEN IN TIME. ’They all looked like statues,’ he said, he saw a woman who told him she had FIXED HERSELF UP SO THAT HE WOULDN’T BE TRAUMATIZED.

“He said he was taken to an examining room BY CREATURES THAT LOOKED ’LIKE FROGS OR LIZARDS.’ The ’woman’ told him they were the educators and would supervise his learning experience, he said. Among other strange things, Foster recalled THAT THE LIZARD MEN ENCOURAGED HIM TO JOIN THE MASONIC LODGE.

“After he was examined, Foster said, he was sent back out of the craft to the crowd below. The woman (ie. the being that had ’fixed’ itself up to appear as a ’woman’ – Branton) spoke to him in almost a scolding tone, saying that from then on he would be a good boy and mind his parents, he said. The woman seemed to know a lot about him, including the fact that he and some friends had stolen some pop and candy from a store across the street, he said.

“In October 1986 Foster went camping with his wife and children at Niobrara Park and he had a short visitation which awakened more memories of previous abductions, he said.

“By mid-December he recalled 50 abduction experiences, he said, and by January that number had grown to 2,000 and by January 1987, he had recalled 3,000 abductions.

“Foster has recorded memories of 50 of the abductions in detail, another 450 in short notations and many others by locations only, he said.

“’There are roughly two areas of the so-called close encounters,’ Foster said. ’These may mesh together, but there are the abductees who seem to be taken aboard a craft to be examined and the contactees who appear to be contacted throughout life and seem to have an assignment.’

“In June of 1987 Foster and his daughter met with several other contactees and he had the feeling that he had known them all his life, he said.

“They helped him recall experiences from coast to coast and from Canada to Mexico, he said.

“’I believe the UFO experiences are directed at you personally,’ Foster said, ’but there are times when they can seem to address the population in general.

“’THIS IS WHAT SEEMS TO BE THE CASE WITH THE MYSTERIOUS ’CORN CIRCLES’ THAT FIRST APPEARED IN ENGLAND AND CAN NOW BE SEEN IN CANADA AND THE U.S. AND OTHER PLACES.’

(Note: Many of these symbols are very intricate and are meaningless to most. Could they be some type of ’signal’ to those who have been abducted-programmed that are intended to ’trigger’ some subconscious reaction in certain abductees? Admittedly, this is only one of many possibilities – Branton)

Foster said profound things happened to him during his abductions and the world should know about them. HE WAS SHOWN HOW THE ’VISITORS’ CAN MANIPULATE ATOMIC STRUCTURE AND CHANGE THINGS DIRECTLY AT WILL, he said, and was told things about scientific matters over the years, only to see them discovered afterward.

“WHILE THE ENTITIES HE INITIALLY ENCOUNTERED LOOKED REPTILIAN, HE SAID, THE SPIRITUAL ’GUIDES’ WERE MORE HUMAN IN APPEARANCE AND WERE ABLE TO ’PHASE IN AND OUT AT THE DEEPER LEVELS.’

(Note: Notice the remarkable similarity between this encounter and the Brian Scott encounter cited earlier, where the Reptilians and the para-physical ’Host’, or the ’Infernals’ were working together – Branton).

“On the initial level of the abduction experience there is a kind of excitement, Foster said, while on the deeper level, life plans emerge and there is interaction with people who have had similar experiences. Foster said there are four witnesses who can recall parts of at least three of his encounters.

Foster said that to document his experiences, he has made several drawings and paintings. He believes he has encountered at least 13 different kinds of crafts.

Foster said he remembers abductions that involved his friends when they were teenagers. A large floating phone booth would descend from a dark fog, he said, and a voice seemingly from a loud speaker would urge them to ’gather around for eternal wisdom and knowledge — and something else about Indians and buffalo,’ he said

(Note: was the promise of ’eternal wisdom’ the bait used to entrap them into the Reptilian agenda? We realize this sounds rather simplistic but traditions do say that this exact same strategy was used by the original ’Serpent’ to destroy man’s connection with the Almighty and, subsequently, his divinely-given authority over creation, including his dominion over the BEASTS!? – Branton).

“The voice over the loudspeaker would call them by name AND COULD AT TIMES SOUND SARCASTIC (as a manipulator might sound? – Branton). On one occasion, his friends SHOT AT THE BOOTH WITH RIFLES AND THREW BEER CANS AT IT.

“When he was at Mahoney Lake in 1987, Foster said, he again saw both the booth and the saucer. He asked the entities to quite bothering him because he was disturbed when he couldn’t recall his abductions, he said, AND THEY TOLD HIM IF HE REMEMBERED THE EXPERIENCES, IT WOULD NEGATE THEIR PURPOSE.

“They also told him that if he didn’t want to have any more abduction experiences, he would meet some people who would ’HELP HIM BECOME MORE METAPHYSICAL,’ he said, and he later met such people.

“He said he recalls being pulled up into a kind of floating bus and being taken into the future. He declined to say what he saw

(Note: Since the future depends in individual decisions, it would be impossible for anyone other than God himself to ’see’ the future as this would require an ability to see what ’free will’ decisions people would make. Is it possible that a ’virtual reality’ device was used in this instance for some manipulatory purpose? – Branton).

Foster said he was given experiments to do as an engineer. ’They worked, but they shouldn’t have, according to what we know,’ he said.

“He said the ’guides’ told him they were preparing people for a time when the chosen would be taken away.

“…’I was told to awaken people to other dimensions and to participate in these realms,’ he said…”

(i.e. open themselves to the occult and supernatural powers in order to more easily be controlled and manipulated by such powers? – Branton)

The following information was sent to us via a researcher who is investigating a continuous abduction of a young (at the time) nine-year-old boy in southern Nevada, possibly to underground levels below that same area. Names, addresses and other details have been deleted on request to protect the sources.

We quote from a series of notes exactly as they were sent to us, with our emphasis added:

“1: The ’greys’, he says they don’t use words but communicate THROUGH him. THEY SHOW THEIR DISPLEASURE BY WRINKLING THEIR NOSES AND PURSING THEIR LIPS WITH A SLIGHT HISSING SOUND AT HIM (possibly the ’large-nosed’ grays or smaller reptoids being referred to here? – Branton).

“2: HE SAYS HE FEELS LIKE HE’S BEING WATCHED WHEREVER HE GOES (Note: This is a common observation made by people who claim to have been abducted to aerial AND/OR subsurface realms – Branton).

“3: This is what they look like to him (a drawing was included depicting a traditional ’gray’ of somewhat ’wiry’ build – Branton).

“4: This is what the uniform they wear looks like to him. He says the box in the middle has different colored flashing buttons.

“5: This is the large ’boat’, A SORT OF FLOATING ISLAND HE WAS BROUGHT TO (Note: Some aspects of the abduction suggest that this was located in large water-filled subterranean caverns – Branton). THERE WERE MANY ’HYBRIDS’ ON IT ALSO.

“6: These are the hybrids he sees. He says that they sit in a large circle holding hands. There is one small candle with a very large flame going. HE SAYS HE IS NOT AFRAID OF THE HYBRIDS

(Note: probably hu-brids with a human soul-matrix, which according to certain accounts are more or less ’slaves’ to the grays and reptoids from birth. Many of the women who have been impregnated during abductions and who have had their child removed from them a few months into its term are allegedly carriers to these hybrids or hu-brids, although it is possible that re-brids or ’hybrids’ without a soul-matrix–i.e. sauroids — might be gestated in this manner also. The hu-brids are allegedly taken to bases underground and/or possibly installations on or below other planetary spheres – Branton).

THERE IS A FEMALE (hu-brid – Branton) who BLENDS with him and he says it feels very peaceful and good. When asked if the greys were the only aliens he sees, HE DREW THE REPTILIAN, THESE ARE THE UNIFORMS ON THEM ALSO. HE SAYS THE GREYS COME TO GET HIM, BUT THEY FOLLOW THE LEADERSHIP OF THE REPTILIANS. HE CALLED IT A LIZARD.

“HE SAID HE SEES HUMAN BEINGS – ALIVE – HANGING FROM A WALL WITH NO EYES, OR MOUTHS LEFT.

“Please share with us your input on how to help this boy. We know what is happening here and we are ready and willing to do anything we have to. Love & Light, sincerely (Names deleted by request).”

The following letter was sent to researcher Val Valerian and was dated May 13, 1992. It states in part:

“…The stranger who has been in the house with his unknown monitoring device apparently is not pleased with the fact that I placed a magnet in the vicinity of the monitoring device… I put the magnet next to the place… and within 24 hours there was a generalized feeling of freedom and relief in the air. My thinking processes seemed to flow easier and clear. I guess one could say that there was less tension in general wherever I happen to be. On May 7th, I was in the parking lot to pick up Sheila from work (about 9:30 a.m.) reading a book.

A strong feeling came over me to doze off. As I did, I dreamed that I was in my car reading my book when my ’visitor’ fellow opened the door, but rather brought the monitoring device and left it in the back seat of the car. He then jumped out and slammed the door with a pop that woke me up! Strange. The ’dream’ and dozing period lasted less than 10 minutes and the ’dream’ is one of those rare types that one does not forget. What I found was particularly curious was that I knew who the fellow was, what the device was, and I actually saw the device well enough to describe it. Two days later the right brake system failed. And, that indescribable weight seems to be back in the air, again. Now, I shall place another magnet in the back seat of the car…”

This person described the ’entity’ as follows:

“…Face is sort of wrinkled and yet SNAKELIKE EYES ARE DARK WITH VERTICAL PUPILS. Eyes are round. Nose is small with vertical slits. Ears are very small and flat against head. Symbol (can’t remember) on left side of chest garment. Garment looks like confederate grey uniform. Doesn’t fit tight. Rather like sport coat. Skin color is light brown. Face is expressive and shows fear. Device was black on round pedestal and appeared to be solid metal.”

In early 1992 the UNIVERSAL Company’s Debut Network aired a made- for-TV version of John Carpenter’s movie ’THEY LIVE’, which was based on the premise of an alien race of bulge-eyed (saurian-reptilian?) creatures that had infiltrated human society, disguised as humans, and which were in the process of subtly taking control of powerful social positions. They were assistance of a small group of ’human power elite’ who through deception, hidden altered frequency transmitters, television, etc., helped to keep the masses in a constant state of semi-consciousness, in which they went about their business in a slightly catatonic state sufficient to keep them ’blind’ or ’asleep’ to the point that the aliens and their subversive activities remained just outside of their conscious perception.

Also in the movie, secret subliminal messages via all branches of the media were broadcast throughout all levels of society, keeping the sleeping masses in a constant state of tranquilized apathy and subservience. A HORRIFYING prospect to say the lest. Also in the movie, the aliens utilized ’joint’ underground bases beneath major cities which were more-or-less the back-stage of the alien control scenario.

Incidentally, Disneyworld in Florida contains an underground tunnel network with hidden entrances which the employees of the park use as a ’back stage’, dressing rooms, and other facilities necessary to keep up THE ILLUSION of ’Disneyworld’. This is of course all innocent enough, yet John Carpenter in his movie reveals the idea that the huge underground ’bases’ beneath major cities are being used as ’back stages’ in order to keep an infinitely more diabolical ’illusion’ going, with the help of power-elite who are assisting in the subjugation of the masses for personal gain. The movie ’THEY LIVE’ was based on the short story by Ray Nelson, ’Eight O’Clock in the Morning’. One might wonder where Nelson got the inspiration for his story, especially when we realize that the subject of the story and the movie is very similar to events which, according to numerous sources, are actually taking place as we have seen in these Files.

The anonymous Intelligence worker, Commander X, publicly released details of an incident which may well have come right out of a John Carpenter movie, if not for the fact that the Commander himself, from his own high-security position within the Intelligence Community, is convinced that it might be a reality:

“…Another story comes from a private stationed on the surface at Dulce. He soon realized something mighty ’odd’ was going on around there, but it took a while to put his finger on it.

“’One morning last September, I was working on a routine job when another of the young enlistees, a mechanic, came in with a small rush job he wanted welded at once. He had the print and proceeded to show me exactly what he wanted. We are both bending over the bench in front of the welder when I happened to look directly into his face. It seemed to suddenly become covered with a semi-transparent film or cloud. His features faded and in their place appeared a ’thing’ with bulging eyes, no hair and scales for skin. I stood and looked at it for about 20 seconds. WHATEVER IT WAS stood and looked at me without moving. Then the strange face seemed to fade away, and at the same time recede into the ordinary face of the young man underneath. The dissipation of the imposed face lasted or took about five seconds before it was completely gone and I was standing there weak, my mouth open and staring at the young man who had come in with the rush order. The young man did not seem to be conscious of the elapsed time when I had observed all this but went right on talking about the job as if nothing had happened.

“’This is hard to take but I assure you it was still harder for me. No one can realize a jolt you could get from seeing anything like this until they have experienced it for themselves. It was several days before I had myself convinced that maybe after all what I had seen was real and that I was not suffering from illusions and the beginning of insanity. Days passed before I saw this particular phenomena again. The next time was later at night at the guard house near the front gate, on the way to work. I had purchased some small items and on arriving I went around to the guard house with my slip to retrieve my package. There was only one guard on duty. I handed him the check and he began to look at the package, taking his time. I waited a minute, then happened to look directly at him again. His face began to change. Again a face of a strange creature was imposed. You could see through the imposed face for a few seconds and then it became the only one visible (solidified is the word) and again about 20 seconds duration. Again five seconds for dissipation and the guard started to move normally again, found my package and gravely handed it to me and I walked out without a word being said.’”

Researcher Val Valerian has, incidentally, described a very similar event. Valerian has researched alien phenomena and interaction with human beings since 1969. He spent 18 months in Southeast Asia from 1970-71 as a combat photographer, where he saw much UFO activity. After spending four years in England from 1980 to 1984 he gathered all the top research at his disposal and released what became known as ’The Krill Papers,’ forerunner of the 381-page book, ’The Matrix’, published in 1987. He began networking with researchers worldwide and started an organization known as Nevada Aerial Research Group. Between 1988 and 1989 he functioned as Nevada State Section Director for MUFON.

In 1990 he was appointed interim Associate Director for UFO Contact Center International and was a member of the Aerial Phenomenon Research Organization. In 1988 NAR began issuing a small newsletter detailing research findings. By 1990, this newsletter became known as ’The Leading Edge’ and has grown to a monthly 100-page publication. The massive 581 page work entitled MATRIX II was released in 1990.

In April of 1991, NAR moved to Washington State and was renamed as ’Leading Edge Research Group’. Valerian has a degree both in Civil Engineering and Psychology and had significant input into Nippon Television investigations on alien activities, the research that stimulated the production of the 1989 KLAS award-winning program entitled ’UFO’S: THE BEST EVIDENCE’.

In June of 1992 Valerian released the following information through his Newsletter:

“ALIEN INFILTRATION OF THE MILITARY MEDICAL SYSTEM: MADIGAN HOSPITAL IN WASHINGTON — Many of you will recall the film ’They Live’ that came out several years ago, in which human society was portrayed as having been thoroughly infused with alien humanoids. The movie dealt with this topic rather well, and included the additional viewpoint that humans have been manipulated to the point where even the idea of alien manipulation of human society would be viewed as impossible. For this to even occur, there would have to be an ongoing relationship between various alien humanoid species and covert elements of the government. This concept is usually met with some degree of disbelief – surely nothing like this could ever happen – we would know about it, wouldn’t we? Or would we? How do you go about proving to the satisfaction of empirical rationalists that such a thing could in fact be the case? Since a significant percentage of humans view even the possibility of alien life as ridiculous, it is no easy task to breach the barrier of human ignorance, superstition, and unconsciousness.

“Despite the general condition of human ignorance, there is a significant body of information that has accumulated over the past decade that indicates that there have been many scenarios in which human covert factions have more or less reluctantly cooperated with various alien species, due to overlapping transitional purposes. Much of this information has been forthcoming because of the nature of the LE Group and its function as a major focal point for worldwide networking. A lot of information has been coming our way for a long time.

“About a year ago, we ran into SEVERAL PEOPLE who stated that they ’had heard’ that ’REPTILIAN HUMANOIDS WERE WORKING AT A U.S. ARMY HOSPITAL’ NEAR FORT LEWIS, WASHINGTON. At that point, these statements were simply filed away in ’rumor’ status, pending the arrival of something more substantial. Descriptions of the nature of and appearance of alien humanoid forms that could be termed ’REPTILIAN’ vary widely. REPTILIAN HUMANOIDS HAVE BEEN DESCRIBED IN ITALY AS LOOKING VERY LIZARD-LIKE, EVEN WITH TAILS. Pictures showing some of these entities were published in an ITALIAN magazine and eventually ended up in the United States in The Leading Edge. Logic would seem to tell us that if alien humanoids were in fact in collusion with military medical personnel at a hospital, they would not in fact have the appearance of anything other than humans, or be close enough to humans to blend in.

“About a month ago, the nature of synchronicity brought me to an espresso bar, where I chanced to engage a lady in her early 50’s in some small conversation about an entirely unrelated matter. She had been a nurse for some twenty years, and sixteen of those twenty years had been spent working for the U.S. Army. She retired from the service and was now job hunting in the local area. She was very professional, and seemed to know a lot about the nursing field. Gradually, her conversation got around to a ’very unusual place’, Madigan Military Hospital, which is located on Route 5 south of Seattle. She had applied for work at the hospital and noticed that it was indeed a hospital unlike any she had ever seen before.

Madigan is a brand new $150 million dollar facility, built about a year or so ago. From her description, there are small R2D2-type robots that shuttle prescriptions between floors, all the equipment is prototype ’one-of-a-kind’, like laser x-rays and a lot of equipment that was extremely high tech. It was not this alone which peaked my interest, but a comment she made later. She made the statement that when she entered a specific lab in the hospital, she noticed that all the personnel were extremely absorbed in their work – nothing too uncommon about that. But then she stated that she had the thought that some of the equipment looked quite ’alien’, AND TWO MEN WHO LOOKED EXACTLY ALIKE TURNED AND LOOKED AT HER IN RESPONSE TO HER THOUGHT.

She said that THE EYES OF THESE TWO MEN WERE QUITE PENETRATING AND THAT THEY BOTH MOVED IN UNISON. That got my interest. She then stated that during the tour of the facility, the individual who was escorting her said that the top floor of the hospital AND TWO OF THE SUB-BASEMENT FLOORS were Top Secret R&D areas and were off limits to both military and civilian personnel. That really got my attention.

“Subsequently, I ran into a cable repairman who was installing cable TV in a nearby town, and decided on a hunch to mention to him about the strange nature of Madigan. The hunch paid off. He said he has been involved in the installation of fiber optic networks between the floors of the hospital when it was in its construction stage, and that there was a three foot space in between the floors where the optics ran.

“Since these observations were the result of her (the nurse’s) preliminary interview, I talked to her about the idea of getting more information, since she would be going back at least one more time. She agreed to make some tapes of her observations. The transcript of these tapes is as follows:

VISIT TO MADIGAN HOSPITAL

The entrance to Madigan hospital is off of Interstate 5 past Olympia, Washington. The exit is marked as Madigan Hospital, Camp Murray Exit. As you enter the area the hospital sits to the right – a massive white structure. As you enter the parking lot, there is a pond and sunken area that runs through a bridge which connects the ’medical mall’ area to a three story building that serves as the main core of the hospital, where the services like x-ray, nuclear medicine and other services are performed.

“The three story complex is connected to an eight-story tower dubbed ’the nursing tower.’ The tower has a floor that is closed off, and I could find no access to it.

“I entered the front of the hospital, and the lobby was very typical, but not typical of a hospital of this size. I then went to the information desk and was greeted by an oriental Specialist 4th Class, who was seated. He seemed very low key and laid back. I was directed to Human Resources.

“As I walked through the corridors, I noticed how beautiful and calm I was beginning to feel. The colors are very soft and conducive to feeling mellow (a ’tranquil-ized’ atmosphere designed to negate any apprehensions or suspicions? – Branton).

“The military personnel WERE VERY SLOW-MOVING (which has not been my experience in the past, having served five years as an Army nurse) and LOW KEY. I went to the Human Resources and asked about an application, and was directed to a Master Sergeant – director of personnel.

“Having been a medical technologist for the better part of 25 years, the equipment I saw at the hospital was far beyond anything I have ever seen. I was shown an area where there was a long room with computer banks on both sides where both civilian and military personnel were working. Before entering the room, I was asked to stand in front of the door, where I was scanned by some beam-like light. I was told that my thermal pattern was being recorded in order to permit my entry to the room.

“Off this room was another room where procedures were conducted on patients, and I noticed that a patient walked over and climbed on an exam table. The procedure they were doing always requires that the patient must be sedated, HOWEVER I NOTICED THAT THE PHYSICIAN LEANED OVER THE PATIENT AND TOUCHED THE PATIENT IN THE CENTER OF THE FOREHEAD WITH HIS INDEX AND MIDDLE FINGER OF ONE HAND. IMMEDIATELY, THE PATIENT FELL INTO A STATE OF SEDATION AND THE PROCEDURE WAS STARTED. What kind of doctor can touch a patient in that way and sedate him?

“I looked around at the other personnel in the room at this time. There were two, a Private First Class and a Specialist 4th Class at opposite ends of the room from where I was standing. BOTH OF THESE MEN WERE THE SAME SIZE, HAD THE SAME SKIN COLOR, AND MOVED IN A VERY DELIBERATE MANNER. I was talking with the Sergeant and happened to say something to myself very softly while having the thought how strange these people seemed. BOTH OTHER MEN TURNED AND LOOKED AT ME ALMOST AS IF TO STARE AT ME. I GOT THIS STRANGE FEELING. I had heard before from a friend whose brother had made the uncharacteristic comment that ’ALIENS WORKED AT MADIGAN’. ALL THE PEOPLE IN THE ROOM AND THE MILITARY PERSONNEL IN GENERAL THAT I HAD SEEN IN THE HOSPITAL SEEMED TO MOVE VERY VERY SLOWLY, ALMOST IN SLOW MOTION. I left the area and went back to the Sergeant’s office

(Note: This brings up the disturbing question: If many or most of the high-level workers at Madigan are of a hominoid sauroid-reptilian or ’chameleon’ nature and are operating via a type of ’collective consciousness’, then where are/were the true humans majority that should have been there? As science fiction as this might sound, is there a slight possibility that they might have been terminated-eliminated and replaced by alien ’counterparts’. As they say ’The truth is often stranger than fiction!’ – Branton).

“A month later, I returned to Madigan with a friend to see, without telling her anything of my experience, if she saw and felt the same things I did. She is very sensitive to variations in electromagnetic fields, and eventually had a headache and became nauseated.

“There are many other things about this place. Between the floors there are spaces where small robots move to deliver supplies to all the wards and other areas in the hospital, according to the Sergeant. I was told that there is no reason for personnel to go into these areas – that the robots do all that. I did see one of the robot devices. It looked like the R2D2 character on ’star wars’.

“My friend and I entered through what is known as the clinic mall. This area houses the outpatient clinic. THERE WERE VERY FEW PEOPLE THERE FOR SUCH A LARGE CLINIC. We were told that THERE ARE THREE FLOORS BENEATH THE HOSPITAL and one floor above that are off limits to all personnel, military and civilian, and that these areas were classified Top Secret and were research and development areas

(Note: On an earlier visit as the reader may recall this nurse was told that there were only two ’levels’ below the hospital. Or could it be similar to the case surrounding Dulce, New Mexico and Groom Lake, Nevada – that the more ’inside’ knowledge of a high-security nature one has, the more they become aware of ’even deeper and deeper’ levels to the installations. We are not suggesting that there are more than 3 sub-levels to Madigan, but merely noting a strange phenomena concerning the apparent inconsistencies in stories of witnesses around such installations when the subject of underground levels and the number of those levels comes up – Branton).

THERE ARE VERY UNUSUAL ANTENNAS ON TOP OF THE HOSPITAL.

“The three-story main service area has a complex on top of it THAT APPEARS TO HAVE NO ENTRANCE AND NO WINDOWS. Judging from the way the hospital is built, there are a lot of ’DEAD AREAS’ that comprise spaces THAT CANNOT BE ACCESSED FROM THE MAIN SERVICE AREA.

“The personal feeling we both got being in the hospital WAS THAT WE STARTED TO FEEL VERY DRAINED, AND WE BOTH EXPERIENCED GETTING A DULL HEADACHE. It wasn’t until we had driven SEVERAL MILES from the facility that we started to feel better.”

Source

Reptilian Characteristics and Carl Jung’s Serpent ID-Entities

Almost in every culture there are pictures and tales of reptilians, snakes or dragons, why? That’s what we are trying to find out and here’s again some info about the puzzle:

The following is a list of characteristics regularly manifested by the reptilian possessed or reptilian hybrid (those sharing equal amounts of human and reptilian DNA).

These “people” are not rare, and in fact, humans with very little reptilian DNA are becoming exceedingly rare. (A recent series on the History Channel did a good job of explaining the interbreeding with humans that aliens have done for thousands of years.)

These “people” are also called snake people and the serpent seed.

  1. If questioned they respond to only that which they choose to respond to or not at all. This is very easily recognizable in e-mail communications.

  2. They are expert manipulators. They often leave out crucial information rather than lie outright because then they can come back and appear to be blameless later on.

  3. They are highly sexual, because they are energy vampires and sex is one of the easiest ways to harvest the human energy field.

  4. They are compartmentalized. They do not want the people they know to meet. They split off people and groups so that they can present differently to different people.

  5. They are greed-based. They value money above all things.

  6. They are experts at projecting. Whatever they are, they accuse others of being/doing. i.e. If they are having an affair they will accuse their partner of having an affair. People who are in relationships with reptilians often feel crazy.

  7. They are emotionless, even robotic. Their facial expressions are plastic and often cold.

    They are, however, masters of mimicry so they know what they are supposed to be feeling or what humans feel, so they will make believe they are feeling real emotions, including fake crying.

    They harvest the human energy field by making those around them upset/angry/afraid/sad. They almost appear high in these situations as they get to vicariously feel instead of experiencing only their natural numbed state.

  8. They use mind control to get what they want and to control all situations. People obey them and they are highly magnetic. They are programmed that those who can discern them must be destroyed, hence those who know the truth and are in grave danger.

  9. When they consume meat they exude a foul body odor (this begins to occur as full reptilian possession occurs.)

  10. They are cruel and care about no one but getting their way.

  11. While found in all walks of life, they are most prevalent in positions of power and control:

    • police officers

    • administrators

    • bankers

    • attorneys/judges

    • school administrators and often teachers

    • clergy (where there is hierarchy)

    • politicians

    They are also found wherever children are, as children provide a pure food source (energy) for them and can be used as bait to lure and destroy light being parents.

    Look for fully incorporated demons/reptilians as court-appointed custody evaluators, teachers, coaches, principals, club leaders, church youth group leaders, pastors, etc. these inhabited people are magnetic, charming, and beloved by their unconscious communities.

    Reports of abuse are denied and covered. The recent exposure of the pedophile at Penn State is typical of the millions of occupied individuals who interface with the children all over the planet.

  12. Both men and women are highly misogynistic.

  13. If left unchecked they are pedophiles, as are reptilians within their own species.

  14. They are extremely dangerous. Psychology has attempted to understand this phenomenon by using the labels of narcissism, sociopath and psychopath.

  15. They do not like the sun and prefer cold, dark rooms. They overheat easily and will wear sunglasses indoors and sit in the shade.

  16. They are hierarchical and seek positions within hierarchy where power and control can be increasingly exerted as they are promoted. They are obedient to corrupt authority and are mechanically unquestioning of those above themselves in the hierarchy.

  17. Related to #16 above, they have a “hive mentality”. They cannot function alone. They prefer work settings where they operate in networks such as,

    • government agencies

    • the military

    • legal systems

    They will always outnumber their victims.

  18. They despise True Light Beings and feel intensely superior to humans whom they view only as a food source, breeding vessel and slave force. The hatred they feel is palpable.

  19. When enraged, they will involuntarily shapeshift. This may be experienced as a momentary flash of green skin or scales or claws, often leaving the viewer disbelieving what they saw.  They are duplicitous, and regardless of all attempts to point out their contradictions, they appear unphased.

  20. They know the majority of the population is under mind control and so they will appeal to factions of polarized interests without any concern for their own blatant incongruities.

Source


 

Jung’s Ring and Serpent ID-Entities

World renowned Swiss born psychiatrist, Carl G. Jung (1875-1961), was one of the finest explorers of the ever mysterious human mind. He was a pioneer in the field of human psychology and an expert in interpreting the symbols that our subconscious brain uses when communicating with our higher, awakened consciousness. So remarkable was Jung’s insight into human psychology that his numerous books were translated in several languages and distributed around the world.

Carl Jung’s work introduced the world to the concepts of synchronicity and the three part psyche (ego, personal unconscious, and collective unconscious). Over the years, his books and articles have shared with us his deep understanding of aspects of human psychology and their relationships with spiritual nature.

According to Jung, the most fundamental symbols that our brain uses to communicate subconscious messages are known as Archetypes. Some of these primordial symbolic images are:

  • the Ego (me, myself and I)
  • the Anima-Animus (gender role playing)
  • the Persona, (the image a person “acts out” or outwardly projects)
  • the invitingly mysterious, yet inherently frightening, Shadow Self or veiled side of our Ego.

What this author finds most interesting about Carl Jung, the ’father of modern psychology,’ is that the serpent was one of the most important symbols that he ever discovered during his personal spiritual journey through life. To Jung, it was a reflection of the Omnipotent and Omnipresent power of “God” that lives within every human. In fact, the serpent was such an important image to him that, despite the social risks of bearing such a maligned and misunderstood symbol, he proudly displayed it on the ring that encircled his finger.

When asked about the ring on his finger during an interview, he said…

” It (the ring) is Egyptian. Here the serpent is carved, which symbolizes Christ. Above it, the face of a woman; below the number 8, which is the symbol of the Infinite, of the Labyrinth, and the Road to the Unconscious. I have changed one or two things on the ring so that the symbol will be Christian. All these symbols are absolutely alive within me, and each one of them creates a reaction within my soul.”
C.G. Jung

from ” Interviews and Encounters,” W. McGuire and R. F. C. Hull p.468

Shamans around the world, by whatever cultural label they are called, have often spoken of how important the image of a serpent is in their worship of God and their visions of the “other side.” Whether stirred from slumber by meditation or dreams, once this primordial living symbol within man is awakened, it can provoke extremely powerful emotional reactions of either paralytic fear or enduring fascination and love.

For many years, anthropologists have been puzzled as to why the serpent image was the most common symbol used by ancient man to represent the image of God. How is it that this wondrous creature came to play such a powerful role in human psychology and spirituality? Why did Carl Jung, Moses, the Freemasons, the Baptists and so many other groups of people throughout history looked upon the image of a serpent and, through handling the image without fear, represented it as a symbol of our our unquestioned love for God and our divine spirituality. Why are dreams of snakes, dragons, lizards or other reptilian animals seem so real and provocative at times?

The answer to these questions may be found in the fact that, according to evolutionary science, reptiles were at the root of a genetic matrix from which all land vertebrate life evolved. Millions of years of biological divergence from the trunk of the vertebrate “Tree of Life” resulted in a world full of back boned animals that, despite their dissimilar outward appearance, share the same parental lineage—an encoded past locked in their DNA. A code which we humans share with other land vertebrate life forms.

Considering the entire history of our human emergence into the animal world is forever recorded (repressed) deep within our genetic code, certain aspects of our ancient animal nature may lay dormant, just under the surface of our expression, ready to be drawn upon by accident or intentional focus.

By embracing the Gnostic (serpent symbolized) Christian faith, Carl Jung himself may have been intuitively drawing upon the very best of his own pre-human inheritance while searching for the source of the human soul. By spending untold thousands of hours studying tradition religions and symbolism, Jung just might have discovered why the Serpent / Dragon image was humanity’s most powerful psychological motivator; the spark that had the potential to illuminate the face of one’s own inner ID-Entity.

The ancient tenet of “Know Thyself,” to “Seek the Kingdom of God within” and even the modern word “Insight” all point those on the spiritual path in the same direction: inwards. By recognizing or re-imagining ourselves as descendants of the ancient reptiles, we might be able to rekindle a relationship between who we are today and the animal we used to be, but have been conditioned to fear, namely the reptiles of the ancient past.

Could Carl Jung have realized through his studies that the ancient Hebrew, Egyptian, Aztec, Hopi and Far Eastern priest-kings (amongst others) either knowingly or unknowingly evolved snake symbolism so as to promote psychological and possibly psychical stimulation? Although we may never know for sure, the symbol of a serpent on Jung’s ring and his own comments as to their meaning in his life quite obviously touched something deep within him and spiritually propelled him along his journey though life.

Carl Jung rejected the traditional (old fashioned) interpretation of the serpent’s role in Christian religion and embraced it as a symbol of the power of Jesus within his soul. Could a man so educated in human psychology and religious symbolism, so respected throughout the world by millions of people, have been secretly entertaining evil in his heart? No, it’s much more than that. Jung found a secret that religious leaders and secret societies have withheld from the ’common man’ for far too long. His peaceful, patient nature, along with his courage to search beyond the borders of entrained perception, provided him a window through which he leaned the benefit and powerful side of our mysterious and provocative reptilian subconscious.

It is interesting to note that, according to the ancient Tibetan Book of the Dead, the darker side of one’s own nature (their “Shadow”) sometimes reveals itself in the serpentine form in the afterlife. It becomes a form of mirror through which a person can encounter the feelings or thoughts they repressed when alive. In other words, the frightening serpentine forms we see in the afterlife, are not symbols of evil, as western tradition has conditioned us to believe, but they are symbol of all that we fear to see in ourselves.

Tibetan priests teach people who are about to die that, unless they act neutral or passive towards these reptilian forms in the afterlife, they will become engaged in conflict with something that can never be ignored or destroyed and they will forever be trapped in that particular stage of the afterlife.

“You will hate them! You will panic! You will faint! Your own visions having become devils, you will wander in the life cycle.”
The Tibetan Book of the Dead

Translation: Robert Thurman, Bantam 1994. p162

If this psychological mirroring is true after death, then it might also apply to our “Dream life.” So, if you or someone you know constantly dreams of dragons, snakes, lizards, or even Reptoids, it might be wise to follow this ancient Tibetan advice. Don’t fear these reptilian images, but rather recognize them, not as foreign or independent life forms, but as reflections of your own Self ID-Entity which must be embraced to reach total spiritual balance.

When our conscious mind shuts down during sleep, our subconscious reptilian ’R-Complex’ brain (which regulates respiration and heart rate) rules the darkness of our dreams. It could be that in some dreams we have, the most powerful, healing and loving archetypal symbol that Jung discovered occasionally stirs to life, emerges from the cave of our subconscious and acts as a stimulant to psychological and spiritual transformation.

There is no greater form of personal transformation than from a physical reality to a non-physical afterlife. In considering this remarkable journey in which we all will embark one day, two things come to this author’s mind:

First, the scientific fact that free energy in a vacuum never travels in a straight line. It always moves forward while oscillating as a waveform. This forward, oscillating motion results in an elongated spiral or vortex of energy. The ancients somehow intuited this knowledge and symbolized it as a serpent moving along the deep waters of space.

Secondly, numerous ancient cultures picture the “Tree of Life” as having serpents entwined around its trunk or at its roots. While the leaves reach out to receive the energy of the sun, the roots receive the nutrition of the soil and water. One cannot exist without the other. In life we often acknowledge the leaves, but ignore the roots of our existence.

So, as Carl Gustav Jung exhaled his final breath, his life energy was released from his physical form and he embarked on an even more fascinating journey than life. He ventured forth, at peace knowing that…

The image of the serpent has been corrupted by the will of man,
yet beyond the scope of his vision, it readies itself at his root,
preparing to return him to the Godhead upon his death.

Source

Prince of EArth and The Brotherhood of The Snake

Saga of Brotherhood Of The Snake  continues…:

Prince Ea was a very important figure in the ancient world, as you have learned from the Gods of Eden page. Ea was the one who suggested that the Neanderthals be used as a base for a new creation. This creation would take over their work load. Ea basically said,

“all we (Elohim) have to do is upgrade them using our own genes.” (Genesis 1:27)

Ea was a genetic engineer. Within ancient Sumerian writings he is given credit for many other accomplishments other than engineering Homo sapiens. It is said that Ea drained marshes by the Persian Gulf and replaced them with fertile agricultural land. Ea also supervised the building of dams and dikes.

Ea didn’t engineer Homo sapiens without trial and error though. His character was flawed as ancient Sumerian writings reflect. He was somewhat careless at times.

Goodhearted is what Ea was, at least in regard to his creation. Ea spoke before the councils of the gods on behalf of the new EArth race. Ea was against the cruelties the other gods were imposing on humans. Ea’s wishes were overruled by the other faction. Ea did not intend for the human race to be treated harshly.

The rebellious god Ea formed an organization called, “The Brotherhood of the Serpent/Snake.” Ancient Egyptian writings tell us its ORIGINAL purpose was to educate the human race in TRUTH and to liberate the human race from its bondage, the same bondage portrayed within the movie, “The Matrix” , where “AI”/Satan is the controller of the human race.

No other animal within ancient civilizations was more prominent or as important… than the SNAKE. The snake is just one among many other symbols of the Brotherhood. The snake is also a symbol used within Freemasonry, the Devils religion. It is important for me to say again, not all Masons worship Satan, only the top 5% do.

Ea and his father Anu were said to of possessed profound ethical and spiritual knowledge. This is the same knowledge that was later symbolized as trees in the biblical Adam and Eve story. The biblical tree symbol (left) came from pre-Biblical Mesopotamian works, such as one showing a snake wrapped around the trunk of a tree, identical to later portrayals of the snake in Eden. The picture on the left depicts the biblical Adam & Eve in Eden with the Serpent (Ea) wrapped around the tree.

From the tree in the Mesopotamian depiction hang two pieces of fruit. To the right of the tree is the half-moon symbol of Ea; to the left is the planet symbol of Anu. What this drawing indicates is that both Ea and his father Anu were associated with the snake and its teachings.

The ones who wanted to control the human race didn’t want this knowledge to be known to humans, so it became THE FORBIDDEN KNOWLEDGE. The evil faction overthrew Ea. The Brotherhood of the Serpent/Snake was then turned against him. They taught falsehoods about Ea. Because of all the LIES that were taught, many people today think the Serpent in Eden is Satan (a liar and evil doer) and not Ea (a freedom fighter).

Ancient Mesopotamian, Egyptian, and biblical texts relate that the “snake” or Prince Ea was quickly defeated by other factions.

Ea’s title was no longer “Prince of EArth.” It changed to “Prince of Darkness.” Other horrible names were attached to him as well such as,

  • Satan
  • the Devil
  • Evil incarnate
  • Monarch of Hell
  • Lord of Vermin
  • Prince of Liars

This of course is where Satan fooled everybody into thinking he was God and God was Satan. (God = Satan, Satan = God)

In modern day, Ea and his father Anu are represented within the seal of the American Medical Association (AMA) (left) as two snakes coiling up a rod. The AMA’s current seal(1991;below right) features a snake with no fangs. Brotherhood teachings included physical healing through spiritual means.

The Brotherhood of the Serpent/Snake has been the worlds most effect tool for keeping the human race spiritually ignorant. Ea wound up giving his enemies a powerful tool of spiritual repression. EArth became a place where spiritual beings can be trapped, enslaved, and made to suffer.

The Brotherhood has been with the human race all through history. In Ancient Egypt it was known as “The Mystery Schools.” This secret society Brotherhood also includes Freemasonry.

Ran by evil The Brotherhood continues to dumb down the human race via repetitive mind control tactics, in an effort to forever control the human race. And we must all work towards putting an END TO IT!

Source

Brotherhood of The Snake

Have you ever wondered the snake symbolism in everywhere? IN buildings, books, medicine, through all history there are references to snakes and reptilians. Here’s a nice article about the Brotherhood of The Snake, which leads us in to far back in ancient Egypt:

 

fig081
Image Source

Brotherhood of the Snake

OF ALL THE animals revered in ancient human societies, none were as prominent or as important as the snake. The snake was the logo of a group which had become very influential in early human societies of both Hemispheres. That group was a disciplined Brotherhood dedicated to the dissemination of spiritual knowledge and the attainment of spiritual freedom. This Brotherhood of the Snake (also known as the “Brotherhood of the Serpent,” but which I will often refer to as simply the “Brotherhood”) opposed the enslavement of spiritual beings and, according to Egyptian writings, it sought to liberate the human race from Custodial bondage.*


* Because Brotherhood teachings included physical healing through spiritual means, the snake also came to symbolize physical healing. Today the snake is featured on the logo of the American Medical Association.

The Brotherhood also imparted scientific knowledge and encouraged the high aesthetics that existed in many ancient societies. For these and other reasons, the snake had become a venerated symbol to humans and, according to Egyptian and biblical texts, an object of Custodial hatred. When we look to discover who founded the Brotherhood, Mesopotamian texts point right back to that rebellious “God,” Prince Ea. Ancient Mesopotamian tablets relate that Ea and his father, Anu, possessed profound ethical and spiritual knowledge. This was the same knowledge that was later symbolized as trees in the Biblical Adam and Eve story.

In fact, the Biblical tree symbol came from pre-Biblical Mesopotamian works, such as one showing a snake wrapped around the trunk of a tree, identical to later portrayals of the snake in Eden. From the tree in the Mesopotamian depiction hang two pieces of fruit. To the right of the tree is the half-moon symbol of Ea; to the left is the planet symbol of Anu. The drawing indicates that Ea and Anu were associated with the snake and its teachings. This connection is affirmed by other Mesopotamian texts which describe Anu’s palace in the “heavens” as being guarded by a God of the Tree of Truth and a God of the Tree of Life.

In one instance, Ea reportedly sent a human to be educated in that very knowledge:

Adapa [the name of an early man], thou art going
before Anu, the King;
The road to Heaven thou wilt take.
When to Heaven thou has ascended, and hast

approached the gate of Anu, the “Bearer of Life” and
the “Grower of Truth” at the gate of Anu will be
standing.1

We therefore find Ea designated as the reputed culprit who tried to teach early man (Adam) the way to spiritual freedom. This suggests that Ea intended his creation, Homo sapiens, to be suited for Earth labor, but at some point he changed his mind about using spiritual enslavement as a means. If Ea was a true historical personality as the Sumerians claimed, then he was the probable leader of the Brotherhood at its founding on Earth. The Brotherhood may have adopted the snake as its logo because Ea’s first home on Earth was said to have been constructed by a serpent-infested swampland which Ea called Snake Marsh. Another possible explanation for the snake logo is offered by Mr. Sitchin who says that the biblical word for “snake” is nahash, which comes from the root word NHSH, meaning “to decipher, to find out.”

Despite all of their reported good intentions, the legendary Ea and early Brotherhood clearly failed to free the human race. Ancient Mesopotamian, Egyptian, and biblical texts relate that the “snake” was quickly defeated by other Custodial factions. The Bible informs us that the serpent in the Garden of Eden was overcome before it was able to complete its mission and give Adam and Eve the “fruit” from the second ”tree.” Ea (who was also symbolized as a snake) was banished to Earth and was extensively villainized by his opponents to ensure that he could never again secure a widespread following among human beings.

Ea’s title was changed from “Prince of Earth” to “Prince of Darkness.” He was labeled other horrible epithets: Satan, the Devil, Evil Incarnate, Monarch of Hell, Lord of Vermin, Prince of Liars, and more. He was portrayed as the mortal enemy of a Supreme Being and as the keeper of Hell. People were taught that his only intentions were to spiritually enslave everyone and that everything bad on Earth was caused by him. Humans were encouraged to detect him in all of his future lives (“incarnations”) and to destroy him and his creations whenever he was discovered.

All beliefs and practices named after his various appellations (“Satanism,” “Devil Worship,” etc.) were to be made so horrific and degrading that no right-thinking person would (or should) have anything to do with them. He and his followers were to be viewed by human beings with nothing but the utmost loathing.

This is not to say that Ea was actually portrayed by ancient Sumerians as a saint. He was not. He was described in Mesopotamian texts with distinct character flaws. If Ea was a real person, then he appears to have been a genius who could get things done, but who was often careless about anticipating the consequences of how he went about accomplishing his goals. By engineering a work race (Homo sapiens), Ea wound up giving his enemies a powerful tool of spiritual repression. Ea then appears to have compounded the blunder by founding and/or empowering the early Snake Brotherhood which, after its reported defeat, continued to remain a powerful force in human affairs, but under the domination of the very Custodial factions that Ea and the original Brotherhood were said to have opposed.

History indicates that the Brotherhood was turned under its new Custodial “Gods” into a chilling weapon of spiritual repression and betrayal, despite the efforts of many sincere humanitarians to bring about true spiritual reform through Brotherhood channels all the way up until today. By reportedly creating a work race and the Brotherhood of the Snake, the “God” Ea had helped build a trap for billions of spiritual beings on Earth.

As we shall now begin to carefully document, the Brotherhood of the Snake has been the world’s most effective tool for preserving mankind’s status as a spiritually ignorant creature of toil throughout all of history. During all of that time, and continuing today, the Brotherhood and its network of organizations have remained intimately tied to the UFO phenomenon. This corruption of the Brotherhood, and the overwhelming effect it would have on human society, was already apparent by the year 2000 B.C. in ancient Egypt— the next stop on our journey.


The Pyramid Builders


PERHAPS THE MOST impressive and controversial relics to come out of ancient times are the pyramids of Egypt. The remains of at least seventy to eighty of those structures are scattered all along the upper Nile region as silent reminders of a once powerful civilization.

The largest and most famous Egyptian pyramid is the Pyramid of Cheops (the “Great Pyramid”). It stands today beside several others on an elevated plateau in Gizeh, Egypt. The dimensions of this pyramid are impressive. It towers nearly five hundred feet high and covers thirteen acres of land at its base. Built of stones weighing an average of 2½ tons each, the entire structure is estimated to weigh 5,273,834 tons.

A remarkable characteristic which makes the Great Pyramid one of the “Seven Wonders of the Ancient World” is the precision of its construction. The stones of the pyramid were cut so perfectly that a sheet of paper cannot be inserted between the blocks in many places. This precision, coupled with the enormous bulk of the structure, helps account for the pyramid’s long life and durability. The pyramid was built to last.

Perhaps the greatest mystery surrounding the Great Pyramid was its purpose. Most pyramids are thought to have been burial tombs. History tells us that the Great Pyramid was employed for other purposes, as well. For example, some of its inner chambers had been used for mystical and religious rites. Yet a third and infinitely more practical use can also be found: The Great Pyramid is an excellent marker for aerial navigation.

The four sides of the Great Pyramid precisely face the four compass points: north, south, east and west. The sides are directed so exactly that the widest deviation is only one twelfth of a degree on the east side. In addition, the Great Pyramid is situated less than five miles south of the northern thirtieth parallel. The Great Pyramid can therefore be used as a reference point for sectioning the entire planet into a three-dimensional grid of 30-, 60-, and 90degree angles with the North Pole, South Pole, Equator and center of the earth as reference points. This feature is especially useful because the Great Pyramid is located at the center of the Earth’s land masses. Knowing only the dimensions of the Earth and having a method of calculating how far one has traveled, one can very effectively navigate, especially by air, from the Great Pyramid to any point on Earth using the 30-60-90 degree grids and the compass directions indicated by the pyramid.

The only deviation comes from the fact that the Earth is not a perfect sphere, but is slightly flattened at the poles and widened at the Equator. However, this deviation is so slight, amounting to only 26.7 miles (.0003367 or the fraction1/298), that it is easily compensated for. Interestingly, when the Great Pyramid was first built, it was even more valuable as an aerial navigation marker than it is today because it had been covered with a casing of fine white limestone.

The limestone blocks were carved so precisely that the pyramid looked from a distance as though it had been hewn from a single white rock. The limestone reflected the sun, making the pyramid visible from a much greater distance.*

The unique characteristics of the pyramids at Gizeh raise interesting questions about those monuments. Since they serve an aerial navigation function so well, were they built at least partially for that purpose? If they were, who could have possibly had use for them in 2000 B.C.? A possible clue to the riddle may lie on the moon.

On November 22, 1966, the Washington Post ran a front-page headline proclaiming: 

“Six Mysterious Statuesque Shadows Photographed on the Moon by Orbiter.” 

The Post story, which was picked up later by the Los Angeles Times, described a lunar photograph snapped two days earlier by U.S. space probe Orbiter 2 as it passed twenty to thirty miles above the moon’s surface.

The photograph seems to reveal six spires arranged in a purposeful geometrical pattern inside a small portion of the Sea of Tranquility. The pointedness of the lunar objects’ shadows indicates that they are all either cone – or pyramid-shaped. Although the official NASA press release mentioned nothing unusual about the photograph, other people found the picture remarkable.

Dr. William Blair of the Boeing Institute of Biotechnology stated:

“If the cuspids [cone-shaped spires] really were the result of some geophysical event it would be natural to expect to see them distributed at random. As a result, the triangulation would be scalene [three unequal sides] or irregular, whereas those concerning the lunar object lead to a basilary system, with coordinate x, y, z to the right angle, six isosceles triangles and two axes consisting of three points each.”

“Most of the limestone is gone today. Except for a few blocks found at the base of the Great Pyramid, the limestone casing had been excavated away from the pyramids beginning in the first millennium A.D.”

In Argosy magazine, Soviet space engineer Alexander Abromov went a step further by stating:

The distributiori of these lunar objects is similar to the plan of the Egyptian pyramids constructed by Pharaohs Cheops, Chephren, and Menkaura at Gizeh, near Cairo. The centers of the spires of this lunar “abaka” [arrangement of pyramids] are arranged in precisely the same way as the apices [tips] of the three great pyramids.2

Assuming Drs. Blair and Abromov have not grievously miscalculated, it appears that some of the pyramids of Earth may be part of a permanent marking system that extends to more than one planet of our solar system. The system may even extend to Mars. Pyramid like objects have been photographed on the Martian surface. Pictures snapped by the U.S. Viking mission in 1976 show the Martian region of Cydonia to contain possible pyramid like objects and what appears to be a huge sculpted face nearby staring skyward.

It is easy to argue that the Martian pyramids and face are natural formations not unlike some found on Earth; however, one, and possibly two, other “faces” have been discovered elsewhere on Mars with strikingly similar features, such as the “helmet,” cheek notches, and indentation above the right eye.*

*For an interesting scientific evaluation of the Martian objects, I recommend Unusual Martian Surface Features by Vincent DiPietro, Greg Molenaar, and John Brandenburg. It is published by Mars Research. Please see bibliography for address.

Perhaps equally interesting is the fact that one pyramid in Cydonia has a side pointing due north towards the Martian spin axis. Is this alignment chance, or is there a connection to the Great Pyramid at Gizeh which is also aligned according to precise compass directions?

It is, of course, possible that the objects on the moon and Mars will prove to be rock formations after all. Available photographs seem inadequate to establish the formations as artificial. If they are artificial, it is clear from the photo graphs that they have undergone a fair degree of erosion.

Only a closer look during future missions to the moon and Mars will resolve the controversy. The objects are certainly worth closer investigation because the moon has hosted UFO phenomena for centuries, including inside the Sea of Tranquility.3

Even if the Martian or lunar objects prove to be natural formations, that would not change the clearly artificial nature of Earth’s pyramids. This compels us to return our focus to the pyramids of Egypt. For whom did the ancient Egyptians say they were building their magnificent structures?

Like the ancient Mesopotamians, the early ancient Egyptians claimed to be living under the rule of humanlike extraterrestrial “Gods.” The Egyptians wrote that their “Gods” traveled into the heavens in flying “boats.” (These “boats” were later mythologized to explain the movement of the sun.) The “Gods” of Egypt’s early period were said to be literal flesh-and-blood creatures with the same needs for food and shelter as human beings. Actual homes had been built for them. Those homes were furnished with human servants who later became Egypt’s first priests. According to renowned historian James Henry Breasted, the earliest servants of the “Gods” were laymen who performed their duties without ceremony or ritual. Their jobs consisted simply of providing the “Gods” with,

“. . . those things which formed the necessities and luxuries of an Egyptian of wealth and rank at that time: plentiful food and drink, fine clothing, music and dance.” *

Many people identify ancient Egyptian religion with the worship of animals. This type of veneration was unknown during the early period of the Egyptian civilization.

According to Professor Breasted:

An interesting compilation of unusual lunar phenomena is found in NASA Technical Report R-277 entitled “Chronological Catalog of Reported Lunar Events” by Barbara M. Middlehurst. It briefly lists 579 unusual lunar sightings considered to be reliable beginning in the year 1540 and ending in 1967.


… the hawk, for example, was the sacred animal of the sun-God, and as such a living hawk might have a place in the temple, where he was fed and kindly treated, as any such pet might be; but he was not worshipped, nor was he the object of an elaborate ritual as later.4

The records of ancient Egypt have given us many clues as to who might have had use for a permanent marking system to navigate various planets of our solar system: the Custodial society. The first pyramid of Egypt was designed by Imhotep, Prime Minister to Egyptian king Zoser-Neterkhet. Imhotep was said to be the son of Egypt’s most important Custodial “God” during his day: Ptah. Egyptian lore written after Imhotep’s time adds that Imhotep had received the pyramid design in a plan “which descended to him from heaven to the north of Memphis [a city in ancient Egypt].” 5

The Great Pyramid at Gizeh, which was built several generations later during the “Age of the Pyramids,” was constructed according to the methods established by Imhotep. It was during the Age of the Pyramids, which began around 2760 B.C., that worship of the humanlike “Gods” reached its height; more than 2000 Gods then existed. It was for their “Gods” that the Egyptians had ultimately built their most important pyramids. The many pyramids built after those at Gizeh are generally inferior and are viewed as imitations.

Some theorists believe that the “ancient astronauts” of Egypt had used their space age technology to lift stones and to otherwise assist in the construction of the Gizeh pyramids. This hypothesis is neither certain nor necessary to sustain the “ancient astronaut” theory. Egyptian records tend to support the idea that human labor had provided the primary muscle for the pyramids’ construction. This would have been in keeping with the Mesopotamian contention that Homo sapiens had been created to be a labor pool for the Custodial “Gods.”

It is hardly surprising that the pharaohs and priests who acted on behalf of the “Gods” were often immensely unpopular with the Egyptian people. The Old Kingdom (ca. 2685-2180 B.C.) was followed by a period of weakness and unrest. Even the Great Pyramid of Cheops had been broken into by unhappy Egyptians.

According to historian Ahmed Fakhry:

The Egyptians so hated the builders of the pyramids that they threatened to enter these great tombs and destroy the mummies of the kings.6

Such intense loathing is certainly not surprising. In order to get the great pyramids built, Egyptian society was made more repressive in order to make human labor operate with greater machinelike efficiency. Occupations became rigid so that it was difficult to move from one type of job to another. Laymen ceased to serve the “Gods”: an impenetrable priesthood was erected instead. Personal happiness and achievement were sacrificed in the name of labor productivity. Feudalism had arrived in Egypt.

As the pharaohs were busy helping to make slaves out of their fellow humans, the “Gods” were making fools out of the pharaohs. Imhotep, reputed son of the “God” Ptah, instituted the concept of the pharaoh as “God-King.” This elitist title was little appreciated by most Egyptians. As “God-Kings,” the pharaohs were made to think that they were elevated above the toiling human multitudes. The pharaohs were taught that if they cooperated with Custodial plans, they would escape the human predicament by joining the “Gods”in the heavens.

There was just one catch.

The pharaohs would be allowed to escape Earth only after they had died! Pharaohs were taught the silly idea that if they had their dead bodies carefully preserved, the bodies would be brought back to life and they could join the Custodial “Gods” in the heavens. Some pharaohs, like Cheops, also buried large wooden boats near their tombs. According to some scholars, the pharaohs believed that their entombed boats (“solar barks”) would be magically exhumed and endowed with the same power that caused the “boats” of the “Gods” to fly. The pharaohs believed that they would be whisked away after death in their magically-powered wooden boats to the home of the “Gods” in the heavens.

Although Egyptian preservation techniques were quite good, it is clear that the pharaohs’ minds were being filled with nonsense. The wooden “solar barks” never flew. Few, if any, mummified bodies of the great God-Kings reached the heavens. Instead, many mummies have become macabre museum curiosities for the titillation of the human multitudes that the pharaohs so fervently hoped to escape. Other mummies suffered an even more humiliating fate: they were ground up and used as an ingredient in medicines. Pulverized mummies also became paint additives because of the preservatives used in the mummification process.

The puzzle is why the pharaohs believed the cruel joke which had been perpetrated on them. Some historians suggest that mummification was an attempt to imitate the life-cycle of the butterfly. Others believe that the pharaohs wanted to maintain their wealth and position in their next lifetimes and therefore desired to be resurrected in the same bodies. One UFO writer has suggested that they were striving to duplicate body preservation techniques used by Egypt’s technologically-advanced “Gods.” Ancient Egyptian records, however, reveal an even more compelling reason why the pharaohs mummified themselves: spiritual knowledge had been twisted.

Ancient Egyptians believed in a “soul,” or “serf,” as an entity completely separate from the “person” (meaning “body”). Egyptians labeled one such spiritual entity the “ka.” The Egyptians believed that the “ka,” not the body, was one of the spiritual entities that constituted the true person and that the body itself had no personality or intelligence without a spiritual entity. This generally enlightened view was given a false twist, however. The Egyptians were made to believe that the spiritual well of the “ka” after death depended upon the “ka” maintaining contact with a physical body.

According to historian Fakhry:

The Egyptian wanted his Ka to be able to recognize its body after death and to be united with it; for this reason he felt that it was very important to have his body preserved. This is why the Egyptians mummified their bodies and excelled in embalmingthem.7

The pharaohs went even a step further. Mr. Fakhry explains:

The Egyptians also made statues and placed them in tombs and temples to act as substitutes for the body if it should perish.8

These practices had a devastating impact on spiritual understanding. They caused people to wrongly equate spiritual wholeness with spiritual attachment to human bodies (or to body substitutes). Such teachings encouraged humans to accept the Custodial intention to permanently join spiritual beings to Homo sapiens bodies. The powerful human drives for spiritual integrity and immortality were twisted into an obsessive quest to preserve bodies. Philosophies of materialism were thereby hastened.

Materialism, by one of its definitions, is the over preoccupation with things at the material level and neglecting important aspects of ethical and spiritual existence. This often leads to the second definition of materialism: the belief that everything, including thought and emotion, can be explained entirely by movements and changes in physical matter. Although the Egyptians had not embraced the latter definition as a philosophy of life, they had helped move the world a step in that direction.

The derailment of spiritual knowledge in Egypt was caused by the corruption of the Brotherhood of the Snake, to which the pharaohs and priests belonged. As mentioned earlier, after its reported defeat thousands of years ago by its Custodial enemies, the Brotherhood continued to remain dominant in human affairs, but at the cost of becoming a Custodial tool. To understand how the corrupted Brotherhood began to distort spiritual truth and perpetuate theological irrationality, we must first look at the early inner workings of the Brotherhood and its method of teaching.
The original uncorrupted Brotherhood engaged in a pragmatic program of spiritual education. The organization’s approach was scientific, not mystical or ceremonial. The subject of the spirit was considered to be as knowable as any other science. It seems that the Brotherhood possessed a considerable body of accurate spiritual data, but it had not succeeded in developing a complete route to spiritual freedom prior to its defeat.

Brotherhood teachings were arranged as a step-by-step process. A student was required to satisfactorily complete one level of instruction before proceeding to the next one. All pupils took oaths of secrecy in which they swore never to reveal the teachings of a level to any person who had not yet graduated up to that level. This style of instruction was designed to ensure that a student did not prematurely attempt difficult spiritual feats or become overwhelmed by advanced level-information before he was ready for it, in the same way that one does not take a student driver on treacherous mountain roads before the student successfully navigates easier, but increasingly difficult, highways first.
Imparting spiritual knowledge in this fashion will be effective as long as the levels are ultimately open to everyone. When arbitrary or blanket restrictions are placed on who may have access to the teachings, either through overregulation, elitism, or by setting near-impossible conditions for admittance, the system of confidential step-by-step levels changes from an educational tool into an instrument of spiritual repression. The Brotherhood underwent just such a change.

The teachings of the Brotherhood in ancient Egypt were organized into an institution known as the “Mystery Schools.” The Schools furnished the pharaohs and priests with most of their scientific, moral, and spiritual education. According to Dr. H. Spencer Lewis, founder of the Rosicrucian Order headquartered in San Jose, California,* the first temple built for use by the Mystery Schools was erected by Pharaoh Cheops.

* Rosicrucianism is one of the mystical systems which arose out of Brotherhood teachings. Dr. Lewis’s Rosicrucian Order is called The Ancient and Mystical Order Rosae Crucis (“AMORC” for brevity). AMORC was founded in the early 1900’s. It is best known today for the popular Egyptian Museum it owns and operates in San Jose, California.

There is another American Rosicrucian order headquartered in Quaker-town, Pennsylvania. It is called the Fraternity of the Rosy Cross, or The Rosicrucian Fraternity in America. The Rosicrucian Fraternity in Quakertown does not recognize AMORC as a valid Rosicrucian body. In the 1930’s and 1940’s, R. Swinburne Clymer, Supreme Grand Master of the Rosicrucian Fraternity in Quakertown, published a number of writings denouncing AMORC. Dr. Clymer and Dr. Lewis have each claimed that his organization is the true Rosicrucian system.

In this book, I have utilized the extensive historical research of both Dr. Clymer and Dr. Lewis. When I cite either of them by name as a source of historical information, I am not taking sides in their controversy.

Inside those temple walls, spiritual knowledge underwent the deterioration which caused pharaohs to mummify their bodies and bury wooden boats. According to old Egyptian lore, the distorted teachings of the Mystery Schools were created by the “great teacher,” Ra, an important Custodial “God.”

The Mystery Schools not only twisted spiritual knowledge, they greatly restricted public access to any theological truths still surviving. Only the pharaohs, priests, and a few others deemed worthy were accepted into the Schools. Initiates were required to take solemn vows never to reveal to any outsiders the “secret wisdom” they were taught; students were threatened with dire consequences if they broke the vow. These restrictions were reportedly established to prevent misuse of high-level knowledge by those who might degrade that knowledge or use it harmfully.

While this is a legitimate reason to develop safeguards, the restrictions imposed by the Mystery Schools went far beyond simple security. Entire social and occupational groups were denied membership. The vast majority of the human population had no hope of entering the Schools; their access to any surviving spiritual knowledge was therefore severely limited. The Biblical “revolving sword” preventing access to the “tree of knowledge” was being put into place by those who ran the Mystery Schools.

The Mystery Schools caused spiritual knowledge to evaporate in another way. The Schools forbade its members from physically recording the Schools’ most advanced teachings. Initiates were required to relay the information orally. There is no faster way to lose knowledge than to forbid its being written down. No matter how sincere and well-trained people may be, word-of-mouth will invariably result in changes to the ideas being relayed. With a word substituted here and a sentence omitted there, the semantic precision needed to communicate an exact scientific principle will be lost. This is one way that a functional science can quickly degrade into an untenable superstition.

As time went on, the Brotherhood became so restrictive that it excluded most of Egypt’s own priests from membership. This was especially true during the reign of King Thutmose III, who ruled about 1200 years after Cheops. Thutmose III is best known for his military adventures which expanded the Egyptian empire to its greatest size. According to Dr. Lewis, Thutmose III took the final step of transforming the Brotherhood into a completely closed order. He established rules and regulations reportedly still used by some Brotherhood organizations today.

Changes in the Brotherhood continued. Less than one hundred years after the reign of Thutmose III, his descendant, King Akhenaton (Amenhotep IV), spent the last year of his 28-year life transforming Brotherhood teachings into mystical symbols. Akhenaton’s symbols were intentionally designed to be incomprehensible to everyone except those Brotherhood members who were taught the symbols’ secret meanings. The Brotherhood ostensibly created this new system of visual images to be a universal “language” of spiritual enlightenment transcending human languages, and to prevent misuse of knowledge. In real fact, the intention was to create a secret code designed to make spiritual knowledge unattainable to everyone except those admitted into the increasingly elite Brotherhood, and apparently to eventually obliterate spiritual knowledge altogether. The translation of spiritual data into bizarre and incomprehensible symbols has brought about the spectacle of honest people trying to decode garbled symbols in a quest for spiritual truths which can, and should be, communicated in everyday language understandable by anyone.

Despite the obvious sincerity of Akhenaton, we discover that the transformation of spiritual knowledge into a system of obscure symbols has had a devastating impact on human society. As this manner of relaying spiritual knowledge was disseminated throughout the world by members of the Brotherhood, all knowledge of a spiritual nature became misidentified with bizarre symbols and mystery.

This misidentification is so strong today that almost all studies of the spirit and spiritual phenomena are lumped into such disgraced classifications as “occultism,” “spiritualism,” and witchcraft. The attempt thousands of years ago to keep spiritual knowledge out of the hands of the “profane” has almost entirely destroyed the credibility and utility of that knowledge. Brotherhood symbolism was another piece of the Biblical “revolving swordblocking human access to spiritual knowledge. It has left only the confusion, ignorance and superstition which have come to characterize so much of the field today.

Akhenaton presided over another important development in the Brotherhood. Although the young ruler had fared poorly as a political leader, he achieved everlasting fame for his efforts to champion the cause of monotheism, i.e., the worship of a “one only” God. Monotheism was a Brotherhood teaching and many historians cite Akhenaton as the first important historical figure to broadly promulgate the concept.

To aid in the establishment of the Brotherhood’s new monotheism, Akhenaton moved the capital of Egypt to the city of El Amarna. He also relocated the main temple of the Brotherhood there. When the Egyptian capital was moved back to its original situs, the Brotherhood remained in El Amarna. This signaled an important break between Egypt’s established priesthood, which resisted Akhenaton’s monotheism, and the highly exclusive Brotherhood which no longer admitted most priests to membership.

The ancient Egyptian empire eventually decayed and vanished. The Brotherhood of the Snake fared much better. It survived and expanded by sending out from Egypt missionaries and conquerors who established Brotherhood branches and offshoots throughout the civilized world. These Brotherhood emissaries widely disseminated the Brotherhood’s new “one God” religion and eventually made it the dominant theology throughout the world.

In addition to launching “one God” theology, the Snake Brotherhood created many of the symbols and regalia still used by some important monotheistic religions today. For example, the Brotherhood temple in El Amarna was constructed in the shape of a cross—a symbol later adopted by the Brotherhood’s most famous offshoot: Christianity. Some Brotherhood members in Egypt wore the same special outfits with a “cord at the loin” and a covering for the head as later used by Christian monks. The chief priest of the Egyptian temple wore the same type of broad-sleeved gown used today by clergymen and choir singers. The chief priest also shaved his head in a small round spot at the top—an act later adopted by Christian friars.

Many theologians hail monotheism as an important religious breakthrough. Worshipping a spiritual “one-only God” is indeed an improvement over the idolization of stone statues and clumsy animals. Unfortunately, Brotherhood monotheism still did not represent a return to complete accuracy; it simply added new distortions to whatever spiritual knowledge still remained.
Based upon what we are coming to know about the nature of the spiritual being, we find that two false twists appear to lay in the Brotherhood’s definition of a Supreme Being:

  • Firstly, Brotherhood monotheisms, which include Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, teach that a Supreme Being was the creator of the physical universe and of the physical life forms within the universe. In an upcoming chapter we will discuss the likelihood that spiritual beings were born of a Supreme Being of some sort, but physical creatures and objects probably were not. As some other religions have noted, if our universe is the product of spiritual activity, then it appears that all individual spiritual beings within the universe are responsible for its creation and/or perpetuation. The scope of a Supreme Being would actually extend far beyond the creation of a single universe.
  • Secondly, a Supreme Being is usually portrayed as a spiritual being capable of possibly unlimited thought, creativity, and ability. A Supreme Being is said to be an entity which can make and unmake universes. The big question is this: Why must we be limited to only one such being?

Is there any reason not to suppose the existence of ten such beings? Or a hundred? Or an almost infinite number? It appears that the Brotherhood definition of a “one God” actually describes the native potential of every spiritual being, including those spiritual beings who animate human bodies on Earth. The true nature and capabilities of every spiritual being would therefore be hidden by doctrines which state that only a Supreme Being may enjoy pure spiritual existence and unlimited spiritual potential. Brotherhood monotheism would actually hinder human spiritual recovery and prevent people from grasping the true, and probably much broader, scope of a Supreme Being.*

* A fuller discussion of the possible nature of a Supreme Being and its relationship to individual spiritual existence is presented in Chapter 40.

Brotherhood monotheism was another piece of the Biblical “revolving sword” to prevent access to spiritual knowledge. It also allowed the Custodians to greatly elevate then-own status. As part of its new monotheism, the Brotherhood began to teach the fiction that members of the Custodial race were the physical manifestations of a Supreme Being. In other words, Custodians started pretending that they and their aircraft were the “one-only God.” History records that they used extraordinary violence to make Homo sapiens believe the falsehood. Few lies have had as devastating an impact on human society, yet it became a prime mission of the corrupted Brotherhood, from the time of Akhenaton the modern day, to make humans believe that the Custodians and their aircraft were “God.”

The purpose of this fiction was to enforce human obedience and to maintain Custodial control over the human population. In no case is this clearer, or the results more visibly tragic, than in the Biblical story of the ancient Hebrews and their “one God” named Jehovah.

Source

DARPA’s New Biotech Division Wants to Create a Transhuman Future

Transhumanism is pushed in every corner of DARPA:

The Pentagon’s advanced research wing has announced its latest budget – and whoa, does DARPA ever have some ambitious plans for the future.

Their new Biotech unit will be harnessing biology for national security, and dealing with everything from stopping plagues to building synthetic soldiers. DARPA’s commitment to cutting-edge innovation is unquestioned.

The very essence of the defense agency is to make sure that U.S. military technology is more sophisticated than that of the nation’s rivals.

Among its many current initiatives, DARPA is working on,

In addition to these projects, DARPA has been busy at work on various biotechnology-related endeavors, but these attempts to date have lacked cohesion and focus.

Looking to change this, DARPA has announced the creation of its Biological Technologies Office (BTO) – an effort to,

“explore the the increasingly dynamic intersection of biology and the physical sciences.”

The new division will expand upon its Defense Sciences (DSO) and Microsystems Technology (MTO) Offices.

Speaking to the U.S. House of Representatives last week, DARPA Director Arati Prabhakar said that,

“Biology is nature’s ultimate innovator, and any agency that hangs its hat on innovation would be foolish not to look to this master of networked complexity for inspiration and solutions.”

Indeed, the new division will look into three incredibly promising research areas.

The Transhuman Soldier

A priority for DARPA is in restoring and maintaining the abilities of its war-fighters. It wants to maintain peak soldier abilities and then restore those abilities as soon as possible after an injury.

This will include the development of advanced prosthetics (featuring mind-controlled limbs), neural interfaces, the ability to survive blood loss, and even neurotechnological solutions to treat psychological trauma such as PTSD.

DARPA has already made tremendous strides in this area.

Speaking to NPR’s Marketplace, Prabhakar noted:

We had quadriplegic volunteers who agreed to have brain surgery, essentially have a small array placed on the surface of their brains, to pick up these neural signals for motor control, and then to use those to control these new, very sophisticated, robotic, prosthetic arms.

In a sense we’ve opened a door – a connection between the human brain and the rest of the world. You can let your imagination go wild about where that’s going to take us.

No doubt – many of these therapeutic technologies will be leveraged to enhance the capacities of soldiers.

For example, work on memory impairments is leading to new insights into the brain’s functioning. This will inform the development of technologies that will help soldiers interact with complex systems; future interfaces and tools will deliver information to soldiers in a way that’s easier for them to understand (which is a growing problem – our systems are starting to operate faster than human comprehension).

As Prabhakar says, there’s,

“going to be a future where we start learning radically new ways to interact between the complexity of the human brain and the complexity of the world around us.”

And with the introduction of its biochronicity program, DARPA could get a handle on human metabolism and aging, resulting in enhanced human combat performance and freakishly resilient soldiers (both in terms of resisting and recovering from physical injury and resistance to disease).

In addition, DARPA is looking to develop technologies that will identify and protect against infectious diseases, such as tools that will neutralize biological threats.

To Seek Out – And Create – New Life

The Pentagon also wants to dabble in artificial life as a way to create completely new biological systems, products, and materials.

It’s hoping to gain a better understanding of natural process and the underlying design rules that govern the behavior of biological systems, and then apply that knowledge to forward-engineer new systems and products with completely novel functionality.

This is particularly interesting news considering that biologists have recently built an artificial chromosome from scratch.

Once refined, this biotechnology will allow for the creation of entirely new organisms, while adding new capacities (or “features”) to existing ones – including humans. Imagine a soldier who never needs to sleep, requires minimal sustenance, or who has cat-like infrared vision.

Artificial chromosomes could pave the way towards this kind of future – technologies that could eventually trickle into the civilian domain (much like the Internet and GPS has – both military innovations).

Interestingly, this meshes well with DARPA’s existing BioDesign program which is studying the potential for synthetic organisms to be engineered for immortality and programmed with a kill switch that allows it to be turned off at any time.

This recently prompted Motherboard‘s Meghan Neal to ask,

“Why bother with mechanical robots when you can engineer fake human replicants to fight your battles?

We haven’t heard much about the Pentagon’s would-be synthetic soldiers since then, but the BioDesign program got a bump from $11.4 to $19.3 million in next year’s budget.”

As part of the BTO initiative, DARPA’s Living Foundries program will focus on:

…creating a biologically based manufacturing platform to provide rapid, scalable access to new materials with novel properties that can enable a new generation of mechanical, electrical, and optical products.

While its Chronicle of Lineage Indicative of Origins (CLIO) program aims to:

  • make biological engineering safer by establishing enduring control elements that protect against intentionally harmful genetic engineering

  • prevent illegal acquisition or misuse of proprietary strains,

  • provide novel forensic tools to assist in the investigation of biological incidents

  • allow responsible investigators to document compliance with safe biological manipulation practices

Preventing Plagues

Smartly, DARPA is also looking into ways of preventing and mitigating the effects of a global pandemic.

The complexity and unpredictability of outbreaks, it says, is a reflection of our poor understanding of the dynamics involved. In addition, the research agency wants to study larger biological and ecological phenomena, including population-level effects of relevance to agriculture and food security.

With its launch of BTO, DARPA says it also wants to consider the implications of what it’s doing.

To that end, DARPA will periodically converse with experts in these issues to discuss relevant ethical, legal, and social issues

Source

DARPA do Genetically Engineer Humans by Adding a 47th Chromosome

DARPA is just group of transhumanists, which want to turn humans into androids and robots:

We’re no molecular biologists over here,

but have you ever seen the sci-fi flick Gattaca?

In that 1997 film, society is structured around eugenics as people are bioengineered to be ‘perfect specimens’, and one’s entire life and position in the world is based on their genetics.

Those conceived naturally without genetic screening are proclaimed “invalid” and only allowed menial jobs, despite the innate talents and skills they may possess.

Alternately, the 2011 movie In Time portrays a dystopic future where humans are genetically programmed to stop aging at 25 and could live forever – so long as they earn enough “time credits” to afford to stay alive; the poor perish swiftly under an artificially skyrocketing cost of living that times out their clocks, while the rich who steer the technocracy are gaming the system and living indefinitely.

Such nightmare scenarios place obvious restrictions on the natural right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

Back in reality, alarmingly similar ends are being pursued.

DARPA, the Department of Defense’s research arm, has just put out a new solicitation for a project called, “Advanced Tools for Mammalian Genome Engineering” on the government’s Federal Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) site.

This project isn’t just for engineering any mammal’s genome, however; it’s specifically for the bioengineering of humans.

The proposal explains the project’s details:

“The ability to deliver exogenous DNA to mammalian cell lines is a fundamental tool in the development of advanced therapeutics, vaccines, and cellular diagnostics, as well as for basic biological and biomedical research…

The successful development of technologies for rapid introduction of large DNA vectors into human cell lines will enable the ability to engineer much more complex functionalities into human cell lines than are currently possible.”

The project’s stated objective is to,

“improve the utility of Human Artificial Chromosomes (HACs).”

(Gallows humor jokes about how DARPA wants to literally HAC(k) you can be made at any time.)

A Wikipedia entry explains in relatively plain language what a HAC is and what it does:

“A human artificial chromosome (HAC) is a microchromosome that can act as a new chromosome in a population of human cells.

That is, instead of 46 chromosomes, the cell could have 47 with the 47th being very small, roughly 6-10 megabases in size, and able to carry new genes introduced by human researchers.”

So DARPA and its team of associated scientists want to introduce an entirely new 47th chromosome into human genetics as a vector platform for inserting bio-alterations and wholesale genetic “improvements”  into our DNA.

The agency hopes that development of a new chromosome will allow a solution to the limitations of current “state-of-the-art” gene transfer technologies (including plasmids, adenovirus-, lentivirus-, and retrovirus-vectors, cDNA, and minigene constructs).

The proposal explains that existing approaches must be improved due to known drawbacks in the scientists’ failure to control their results, causing a few minor major problems:

“These include random DNA insertion into the host genome, variation in stable integration sites between cell lines, variation in the copy number and expression level of DNA that is delivered, limitations on the number and size of DNA constructs that can be delivered, and immunological responses to foreign DNA. “

Yet these techniques are already in use? How reassuring.

Ever hear the term ‘playing God’? Scientists who work in these fields not only refer to themselves as “genome engineers,” but “biological designers” in their journal articles.

This January 2013 piece in the journal Molecular Systems Biology introduces the topic with a chilling description:

“The phrase ‘genome-scale engineering’ invokes a future in which organisms are custom designed to serve humanity. Yet humans have sculpted the genomes of domesticated plants and animals for generations.

Darwin’s contemporary William Youatt described selective breeding as ‘that which enables the agriculturalist, not only to modify the character of his flock, but to change it altogether. It is the magician’s wand, by means of which he may summon into life whatever form and mold he pleases’ (Youatt, 1837).”

It’s impossible to even compile an accurate listing of all the potential slippery slopes at play here, yet it is clear that this entails a momentous grasp at controlling life, which not only empowers an already dictatorial technocratic elite, but emboldens a delusional and destructive cadre intent on overwriting the existing species now on Earth.

….

Through DARPA, our government funds a laundry list of projects to gain technocratic control of the future that reads more like a summary of the latest sci-fi horror film plots.

Case in point: just today it was reported “Secret DARPA Mind Control Project Revealed – Leaked Document“.

When looking at one DARPA project to perfect mind control techniques – or a second DARPA project to study the human hormone oxytocin to ‘improve’ our response to government propaganda – or a third DARPA brain interface project that would literally turn soldiers into cyborgs, it’s creepy enough.

However, when looking at all of these projects together as a combined effort… it raises chilling questions as to what kind of dystopic, technocratic future they are forcing us into.

These developments only include a small sampling of what we know is admittedly going on. Who knows what is actually taking place behind the scenes.

Exactly how many far-reaching and potentially disastrous implications of our government literally playing God are there?

Source

Here’s some videos about this agenda:

Top Transhumanist Claims He Will Become God and Kill Anyone Who Tries To Stop Him!!:

 

Richard Seed is a retired nuclear physicist. Richard Seed graduated cum laude from Harvard and received a Ph.D. in physics in 1953.

‘We are going to become Gods, period. {Through advancing technology.} If you don’t like it, get off. You don’t have to contribute, you don’t have to participate, but if you are going to interfere with me becoming a God, you’re going to have trouble. There’ll be warfare.’:

 

 

Giants on The Earth

And the story of Nephilims and giants continues…:

Since the offspring of the Nephilim were said to be giants, and because virtually every tradition relating to the Flood and the subsequent arrival of the tutelary gods also has to do with giants, I have spent several years making note of giant lore, both mythological and purportedly historical.

I’ve even taken to the road in an attempt to verify reported discoveries of gigantic skeletons in parts of the United States and UK (without luck, unfortunately). Though such discoveries were widely reported in the mainstream press at the times in which they were made, whatever became of the skeletons remains a mystery.

Some maintain that the orthodoxy of the scientific/archeological community has created a conspiracy of silence around such anomalous finds because they can’t be adequately explained, and thus constitute some sort of threat to the prevailing paradigm. Of course, such finds can only be viewed as anomalies if taken singly. Many such discoveries would constitute the emergence of a pattern – a pattern possibly indicative of the need to rethink the prevailing wisdom.

Fortunately, the ancients charged with the transmission of their people’s history, myth, and folklore felt no need to alter it for public consumption. They simply retold the stories that had been passed down to them by their ancestors. And here too, a pattern emerges, because the creation myths central to so many ancient cultures contain nearly identical themes concerning a race of giants. Often the giants were father gods, tutelary deities, or mythic kings. Often there was a race of giants, frequently said to be the offspring of intermarriage between gods and mortals. Repeatedly, such figures are connected with the legend of a global deluge.

What follows is a brief overview of some figures or groups central to giant lore:

  • The Nephilim: These were the Sons of God who in Genesis interbred with humans, creating a race of giants. They were called “The Watchers” in The Book of Enoch.
  • The Cainites: This was a race of giants descended from Cain who lived in an underworld kingdom called “Arka.” Note that the well-known statement in Genesis that “in those days, and after that, there were giants on the earth” is in fact not what the original text stated. What it really said was “giants in the earth.”(1)
  • The Anakim: This was another name for the Watchers. It means “the descendants of Anak”, or Enoch, Cain’s son. Though it was said that a flood had been sent to destroy them, there were still entire cities of Anakim in Canaan as late as the time of Moses. And Jewish chronicler Josephus states that even in his own day it was not uncommon for people to dig up gigantic skeletal remains. Spies sent by Moses to scout Anakim strongholds reported back that the Anakim were so large that the Hebrews seemed “like grasshoppers” in comparison.
  • The Tritons: This was a race of giant gods, spawned by the interbreeding of Poseidon with a mortal woman named Cleito.(2) In some versions of the story they are part-fish. Some are said to have escaped the flood that destroyed Atlantis.
  • The Titans: These were a Greek race of giants born to Ouranos and Gaia. It is undoubtedly a later retelling of the Triton saga.
  • Atlas: He was the King of Atlantis, and a Triton/giant. He was so large and so strong that he was often represented holding the Earth upon his shoulders.
  • Quetzalcoatl: This was the giant white god who appeared to native South Americans and founded their civilizations, according to their folktales. He too is depicted supporting the Earth on his shoulders, and he told the natives that the civilization from which he originated was destroyed by a flood which he escaped by building a ship.
  • Hercules: He is also a giant, and is said to have piloted an ark.
  • Cuculainn: He is called the Irish Hercules, and came to Ireland in a ship when his homeland was destroyed by a flood. Interestingly, he seems to equate with the South American white god Kukulcan, a figure of “very tall stature” who arrived on a boat telling much the same story.
  • Votan: This is yet another tall white tutelary deity of South America. Once again we see the strange circumstance that his name sounds exactly like that of the Northern European god Wotan, a deity worshipped in an altogether different hemisphere.
  • The Ari: These were a race of Sumerian deified kings. “Ari” is a royal title meaning “the Shining Ones.” They were obviously the prototypes of The Book of Enoch’s Watchers. Numerous Sumerian seals depict them as men of gigantic stature. They are often taller than members of their courts, even when depicted seated on thrones. In the numerous seals that show them standing, they tower above those standing next to them.
  • The Tuatha de Danaan: This was a race of Celtic giants and father gods. Like the Cainites and other giants, they were said to dwell in underground kingdoms or inside hollow mountains. One of the chief deities was Lugus, a name that translates to “shining one”, revealing an astonishing connection to Sumer’s deified giant kings.
  • The Ellu: This was a race of Mesopotamian kings said to be descendants of the gods. Yet again, “Ellu” is a royal court title which translates to “the Shining Ones.” It is thought that “Ellu” was the basis of the word “Elohim”, a term translated generally as “the sons of God.” The Elohim are considered by some to be synonymous with the Nephilim of Genesis.
  • Albion: He was one of the Titan giants fathered by Poseidon. He came to England after the Flood and was for many years the island’s principle god. In those times England was actually called “Albion”, after their Titan god/king. In fact, many British places place-names retain the words “Albion” or “Albany” to this very day.
  • Iberius: A Titan and brother of Albion, he went to Spain after the Flood. And likewise, Spain was for centuries named “Iberia” in his honor.
  • King Arthur: There is some Arthurian lore which claims that he piloted an ark during the Deluge, and this legend also relates that he stood just over nine feet tall. King Henry II, inspired by stories that Arthur was buried at Glastonbury, dispatched a team there to excavate the area. At a depth of nine feet they found a lead cross inscribed with the words: “Here lies the body of King Arthur.” Sixteen feet below that was a stone sarcophagus containing the bones of a man nine feet tall. Skeptics put forth the argument that the lead cross could have been forged by local abbots wishing to draw attention (and donations) to their abbey. Such an argument, however, fails to address the fact that the nine-foot skeleton discovered beneath the cross would tend to negate the notion that this could have been a mere hoax. Later, in the early 1500s, another gigantic coffin was disinterred, and found to contain a skeleton eight feet and three inches tall. History fails to record what became of these later bones, although those of Arthur were respectfully re-interred.
  • The Cyclopses: The Cyclopses were one-eyed giants in Greek mythology. It was said that they built the city of Mycenae in Greece out of massive blocks weighing many tons each. This is why similar constructions found at Baalbek, Lake Titicaca and elsewhere are referred to as having “cyclopean” architecture.
  • The Cabiri: This was a race of giant blacksmith gods said to live in hollowed-out volcanoes. They had tattoos on their foreheads of a large solar disc, leading to speculation that the myth of the one-eyed Cyclopses may have originated with them.
  • The Cimbri: These were giants living in Celtic Gaul. They had long manes of blond hair and a fierce, warlike demeanor, all of which lead them to be compared to lions. They were also known as the “Cimmerians”, which may be suggestive of a Sumerian connection.

It was difficult in writing the foregoing descriptions not to make them all sound incredibly redundant.

But in order to state the basic facts in their simplest form, redundancy was a necessity, because all of these legends involve essentially the same story told over and over again. In some instances, not only were the stories identical, but so too were the names of the protagonists, such as Kukulcan/Cuculainn, and Votan/Wotan.

It is astounding enough that we should see identical myths in places as widely removed from one another as South America and the British Isles, but that the names of the respective flood heroes so echo one another is utterly remarkable. It would seem an altogether reasonable conclusion to draw from such evidence that perhaps these myths might have some basis in truth. Perhaps the figures were indeed real men, and perhaps those men were giants.

But if a real race of giants once inhabited the Earth, why haven’t people in recent centuries been digging up gigantic skeletons? According to author Stephen Quayle, they have. Quayle recently published Genesis 6 Giants, the result of over thirty years of research into Grail lore. The book is replete with biblical and extra-biblical accounts of giants, mythological accounts of giants, profiles on famous giants in history, and countless reports of people across the globe digging up the remains of giants. What follows are a few accounts of such excavations:

  • Item: In 1891, at Crittenden, Arizona, some workers digging the foundation of a new building at a depth of eight feet struck a huge stone sarcophagus. When they were able to open the lid, inside were the remains of a nine-foot tall giant which time had reduced mostly to a pile of dust.
  • Item: While searching in a cave near the great canyon of Barranc de Cobre in northern Mexico in the early 1930s, explorer Paxton Hayes came across 34 mummified men and women. All had blond hair. All rose to heights between seven and eight feet.
  • Item: In 1833, soldiers digging a pit at Lompock Rancho, California unearthed a twelve-foot tall giant with double rows of teeth, both on top and on the bottom. The Lompock giant’s teeth, while unusual, were not unique. Another ancient skeleton later found on Santa Rosa island off the coast of California showed the same dental peculiarity.
  • Item: In 1879, some Indiana archeologists dug into an ancient burial mound in Brewersville, Indiana and unearthed a human skeleton that measured nine feet and eight inches in length. The bones, which were stored in a grain mill, were swept away in the 1937 Flood.
  • Item: In the 1880s, while digging in a mound at Sayre in Bradford County, Pennsylvania, a reputable group of antiquarians found skeletons of humans measuring not only above seven feet tall, but having skulls with horns (located about two inches above the eyebrows.) The diggers, including two professors and a Pennsylvania state historian, turned what they found over to the American Investigating Museum in Philadelphia, but the bones were afterwards either misplaced, stolen, or lost.
  • Item: In 1903, on an archeological outing at Fish Creek, Montana, Professor S. Farr and his group of Princeton University students came across several burial mounds. Choosing one to dig into, they unearthed the skeleton of a man about nine feet tall. Next to him were the bones of a woman who had been almost as tall.
  • Item: Nature, in its December 17, 1891 issue, reported that at a depth of fourteen feet into a large Ohio burial mound, excavators found the skeleton of a massive man in copper armor. He wore a copper cap, while copper moldings encased his jaws. Copper armor also protected his arms, chest and stomach. At his side lay the skeleton of a woman, probably his wife.
  • Item: In the 1860s, some excavators digging up a hill in Marion, Ohio uncovered thirty skeletons who ranged in height from seven to eight feet.
  • Item: In the early years of the twentieth century, a team clearing out bat guano from a cavern near Lovelock, Nevada discovered several giant cadavers measuring well over eight feet in height. Their hair, still intact, was said to have been long and “reddish” in color.

The foregoing accounts, taken almost in their entirety from Quayle’s Genesis 6 Giants, have been culled from a wide variety of sources, and represent only a small sample of those documented.

They are largely reports from the United States, but reveal striking similarities to kindred finds in Europe, South America, the British Isles, Africa, China, the Middle and Near-East, Australia, and New Zealand – that is to say, virtually every corner of the earth.

Though the tales vary in detail, the fundamentals of the stories are often quite cohesive: giants corpses, frequently with light-colored hair, generally buried at a depth of between nine and twelve feet, and often interred with artifacts made of copper. Some accounts report the presence of items bearing strange hieroglyphs or symbols. That several of these finds were excavated from burial mounds seems to lend credence to the stories told to early settlers by Native Americans, i.e., that they didn’t know who built the mounds, because they were already there at the time that the “natives” arrived.

A number of Native American tribes (such as those in Colorado) have folk tales relating that a race of giants lived in America at a time prior to when their ancestors came there. Still others tell the story that a group of giant white gods came to live among them, after their own homeland (called the “White Man’s Island”) was destroyed by a flood.

It is almost a certainty that some Native American tribes not only coexisted with the giants, but also interbred with them, because the earliest explorers to the New World repeatedly documented coming into contact with Indian tribes of gigantic stature. Such episodes are noted in the chronicles of Amerigo Vespucci, Magellan, Coronado, De Soto, and Sir Francis Drake, both in North and South America.

Though the numerous accounts cited earlier are compelling, and are certainly supported by the eyewitness accounts of some of the world’s most esteemed and illustrious explorers, the sad fact remains that the most persistent commonality between all of these tales seems to be that the bones – the physical evidence – have all somehow gone missing.

In some instances, this can be explained by the fact that local authorities, presuming the remains to be the property of indigenous peoples (Native Americans, Aborigines, Maoris, etc.), simply turned them over to tribal chieftains for reburial, and this without taking a single photograph, X-Ray, or DNA sample for testing (so as not to profane the relics).

Of course, the lion’s share of these discoveries were made in the 1800s, and many far earlier, at a time in which the rights of indigenous peoples and regard for their religious institutions constituted a matter of far less circumspection than in recent years. If, as Stephen Quayle seems convinced, there is a concerted conspiracy of silence surrounding this archeological evidence, then it is a conspiracy of, well, gigantic proportions.

The accounts of these giant remains are too numerous and too far-flung for all of them to have been lost, stolen, or secreted away. And yet, I truly believe the accounts. They are supported not only by an overwhelming body of evidence found in mythology, but an equally overwhelming body of archeological evidence.

Witness the ruins of the many cyclopean cities referred to earlier. No one knows with any certainty either who built them, or (more importantly) how they were built. Witness the vast complexes of tunnels and underground cities associated with the fallen angels, and recall that many of their myths include the detail that they dwelt in underground kingdoms.

Again, no one knows who built these cities or how they were built. But an interesting fact to keep in mind is that the tunnels associated with them were generally nine, ten, or even twelve feet in ceiling height (the same average heights as those of the giant skeletons found). Such tunnels can be found in South America, the Middle East, and even the Pacific Northwest of the United States. They are reputed to exist still undiscovered in Europe, Egypt, and the British Isles.

Regular readers of this magazine will already be aware of what a pivotal role the story of the Watchers plays in regards to our own research into the Grail mythos and the bloodline connected to it. So many avenues of inquiry central to our own basic thesis seem to have a direct relationship to the Giant lore connected with the Watchers. The kings of Atlantis? Giants. The Shining Ones? Giants. King Arthur, a figure central to the Grail lore? Also a giant.

One of the first well-known paintings on the theme of Arcadia, Et in Arcadia Ego by Guercino, depicts a fairly straightforward and seemingly insignificant scene of a man gazing upon an apparently trepanned skull. When I looked at it, there seemed to be no hidden symbolism discernable. Until, that is, I noticed what appeared to be an odd disparity in proportion.

The skull, for as close as it was relative to the onlooker, seemed far larger than it should have been.

Et in Arcadia Ego, Guercino Et in Arcadia Ego, Poussin
Shepherd’s Monument

Since the painter’s execution of this painting seemed masterly in every other respect, I concluded that perhaps his intent was to portray an oversized skull.

Perhaps it represented the skeletal head of one of the primordial patriarchs of the Grail bloodline. If, as has been said, the grave of an ancient sacred king were somehow at Rennes-le-Chateau, perhaps those discovering it would open the tomb of a giant, a descendant of the Nephilim.

As time passed, and our research progressed, this initially abstract idea seemed increasingly possible. After reading ancient apocryphal texts which indicated that a number of biblical patriarchs were giants, it seemed altogether probable. Ultimately, reading about Abraham’s burial in the Cave of Treasures, I came to suspect that something far more profound might lie in wait at Rennes-le-Chateau.

Abraham was an astrologer and magician who was said to have “traced his ancestry back to the Giants.” Upon his death, his body was carried to the Cave of Treasures, an underground necropolis where the bodies of all previous patriarchs were also interred, down to and including Adam and Eve.

In addition, the Cave included treasures, relics, and a sacred archive of his progenitors. While treasures and relics are of interest to archeologists and museum-going looky-loos, and sacred archives can be dismissed by academics as mere superstitious hyperbole, such items found in the context of a necropolis of gigantic skeletons might well constitute the basis for a rethinking of world history. These people constituted a living remnant of the antediluvian world, the mythological “First Time.”

And since myth and history record that their final resting place was together, in a single location, I can only assume that they are still there.


Endnotes:

(1) Editor’s note: The latter quote is in fact what can be found in the King James version of the Bible.

(2) Editor’s note: According to Plato, the race descended from these two figures were the kings of Atlantis, but he does not connect them to the Tritons.

Source

 

Enoch & the Nephilim – The Evidence Mounts

When I research I always find references to Nephilim and the Watchers. So here’s what Enoch has to say about them:

Giovanni_Lanfranco_Norandino_and_Lucina_Discovered_by_the_Ogre1-570x398

Image Source

The Evidence Mounts

“More and more we are finding that mythology in general though greatly contorted very often has some historic base. And the interesting thing is that one myth which occurs over and over again in many parts of the world is that somewhere a long time ago supernatural beings had sexual intercourse with natural women and produced a special breed of people.”

Francis A. Schaeffer

Evidence for the existence of the Nephilim goes beyond the biblical record. The story of Lamech, found in the Genesis Apocryphon, relates how Lamech had been away from home on a long journey. When he finally came back, he discovered to his chagrin, that his wife, Bat-Enosh (sometimes spelled as “Bit- Enosh,” i.e. the daughter of Enosh) had given birth to a baby boy in his absence. He was sure that the child had not been sired by him, and what is more, the child bore no resemblance to him or to anyone else in the family. Adding to the mystery was the fact that the boy was extremely beautiful, and when he opened his eyes he lighted up the whole house.

“I have begotten a strange son,” said Lamech, “…his nature is different and he is not like us, and his eyes are as the rays of the sun, and his countenance is glorious. And it seems to be that he is not sprung from me but from the Angels…” (1)

Lamech did what most husbands would have done: he reproached his wife for infidelity. Bat-Enosh, however, swore by all that was sacred that Lamech himself must have fathered the child. She had not known any other man, not a stranger and note this–not a Watcher or Heavenly Being.

How enlightening for our study! Who were these Watchers or Heavenly Beings? According to the Book of Daniel they were fallen angels (Daniel 4:13,17, 23).

Here is the statement made by Bat-Enosh as it reads in the Lamech Scroll:

“My lord and kinsman, remember my delicate feelings. How (ever), the occasion is indeed alarming, and my soul (is writhing) in it’s sheath. I will tell you everything truly.”

Then she saw how perturbed her husband was, and decided to repress her passion and indignation a little:

“My lord and kinsman, (I will ignore) delicate feelings and swear to you by the Holy (and) Great One, the Sovereign of heaven (and earth) that this seed came from you, conception was by you, and this fruit was planted by you and not by some stranger or any of the Watchers or heavenly beings. (Have done with) this troubled and marred expression and this gloomy mood. I am telling you the truth.” (2)

Lamech by this time must have begun to realize that the child born could have been conceived by one of these Watchers or Heavenly Beings. If so, his child belonged to the Nephilim.

MYSTERY OF NOAH’S BIRTH

Not completely sure as to what to believe, Lamech sought the advice of his father on the matter. Methuselah listened attentively as Lamech revealed this strange story, then promised his son that he would seek the advice of his father, the wise and godly Enoch. Since the family’s reputation was at stake, something had to be done.

Enoch, whose name meant “the intelligent” or “the learned,” sensed the meaning of what had happened. He sent Methuselah home with the disturbing news that the Earth would soon be visited by a terrible catastrophe and judgment. It was clear that corruption had taken place, and that the human race had become tainted. God would soon be moving in judgment, and human flesh would perish. And as for this little boy, whose birth remained a mystery, he should be raised by Lamech, and should be called Noah. What is more, little Noah had been specially chosen by God to survive this coming judgment, and would be the progenitor of the new inhabitants of planet Earth.

Despite the mystery surrounding his birth, Noah could not be one of the Nephilim, as we shall see in a later chapter. There is no doubt, however, that the unusual circumstances of his birth convinced Enoch, Methuselah, Lamech and Bat-Enosh that strange things were happening on the Earth.

The Genesis Apocryphon is not the only extrabiblical documentation. Numerous other documents indicate the existence of the Nephilim. I do not place these documents on par with Scripture, nevertheless they seem to corroborate Scripture. My sole purpose for introducing them is simply to state that they exist and that they share common features with the Scriptures.

 

My task is similar to that of Montaigne:

“Gentlemen, all I have done is make a bouquet from flowers already picked, adding nothing but the string to tie them together.” (3)

One such document is the Book of Enoch. This is a composite volume, and, although not know in Europe until the 18th Century, it was a veritable best-seller in the days of Christ. In the centuries immediately preceding and following the coming of Christ, this book was widely read and discussed, and its impact was tremendous. Without question it is the most notable apocalyptical work outside the canonical Scriptures. R. H. Charles, an outstanding authority in this field tells us that,

“the influence of 1 Enoch on the New Testament has been greater than that of all the other apocryphal and pseudoepigraphical books put together.”

For one thing, the book of Enoch gave to the world the concept of a pre-existent Messiah, and by so doing prepared the way for Christian doctrine. It was from this same book that the Manual of Discipline (found at Qumran) received its solar calendar. What is more, this book became so influential that it became an exemplar and a catalyst for the burgeoning apocalyptic literature of the time. Indeed, it can be claimed, that the Book of Enoch was one of the most important apocalyptic books ever written.

Tertullian and some of the other Church Fathers considered it of such import that they included it as part of the sacred canon of Scripture. Jude 14 is a direct quote from Enoch 1:9, 5:4, and 27:2. There is also in the Book of Enoch a doctrine that one finds nowhere else. Other authors tell us that each nation has its sar or parton, and that of Israel was Michael, or sometimes God Himself. However, in the Book of Enoch we are told that,

“God was Israel’s shepherd till the last years of the Kingdom of Judah; then in disgust He turned them over, not to their own guardian, but to the sarim of the Gentiles.” (4)

An amazing book! Such a doctrine prefigures and predicts the “times of the Gentiles” mentioned in the Bible. Yet, of all mysteries, this book remained neglected for more than 1,800 years, and continues to remain neglected, and even shunned, in the 20th Century.

ENOCH

Who was this Enoch, whose name is attached to the book? Enoch is mentioned in the Scriptures, but we are told little about him. Just four verses in all–two in the Old Testament, and two in the New. That little, however, is sufficient to distinguish him as one of the outstanding men of all times. He is listed as the seventh of the ten patriarchs between Adam and Noah. He was the father of Methuselah, the man holding the world’s record for longevity. Interestingly, Enoch became a believer and started “walking with God” after his son was born. Soon he became known for his exceptional piety and godliness. The most remarkable fact of all is that he did not die.

“Enoch walked with God; and he was not, for God took him.”

He is one of the only two men mentioned in the Bible who were translated to Heaven without tasting death.

In the Book of Enoch other significant facts are given about this patriarch. It claims that Enoch will return to Earth at the end of time, and that he will be one of the two martyrs (or witnesses) slain on the streets of Jerusalem.

The Book of Yasher adds still more detail. It tells how Enoch would periodically withdraw himself from earthly company, and visit the ten heavens. He would then return to Earth with a divine luster on his face, just as Moses emerged from the presence of God on Mt. Sinai, and knew not that his face shone. Such was the regard in which Enoch was held by some of the Jewish mystics that they referred to him as “the lesser Yahweh”– a title bordering on the blasphemous.

In the Book of Jude (verses 14-15), we are told of a prophecy Enoch made concerning the coming of the Lord. This may well be the oldest literary statement in existence. In it, Enoch predicts:

“Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of his saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against him.”

It is obvious that Jude had access to the Book of Enoch, and he did not hesitate to quote from it.

Most scholars claim that the Book of Enoch could not have been written by the Enoch of the Bible. Because of this, the book is labeled a pseudoepigrapha. What happened, they suggest, is that a much later author compiled the work–probably around the 2nd Century B.C.–and used a number of different sources. The author then added the name of the biblical Enoch. In this way, he was assured of the book’s acceptance! Whether or not this was so, is not our present concern. But even if it were true, it is obvious that the compiler of the book must have used ancient sources that were at his disposal. He was not so much the author as the compiler or redactor of the book. What could be more honest, more modest, than for a compiler to attach to his book not his own name but that of his oldest source. And who older than Enoch?

AN ANCIENT ASTRONAUT

Enoch obviously had access to knowledge and information completely beyond the reach of mortal man at that stage in man’s development. Some of this knowledge Enoch couches in terminology that is allegorical and symbolical, and its meaning frequently escapes us. However, beneath the abstruse verbal descriptions there is some amazing data. The fact that it is conveyed in imaginative and allegorical terminology should not be allowed to detract from its basic accuracy.

The important question in considering the Book of Enoch is whether it contains any reference to the strange and bizarre event recorded in Genesis 6? Does it have anything to say about the “sons of God” and the “daughters of men” coming together in sexual union? Yes it does, many times. It contributes a number of details not found in the Genesis record. But none of these facts contradict in any way what is told us in Genesis. Instead, they elaborate on the facts already given. What, then, is this additional information?

One item of interest is Enoch’s account of a visit to the “fifth heaven,” where he saw giants with their “faces withered, and the silence of their mouth perpetual.” Enoch calls them the “Grogori” or “fallen angels,” who broke their vows, married the daughters of men, and “befouled the earth with their deeds.” He also mentions that “giants were born and marvelous big men and great enmity.”

THE WATCHERS

Significantly, the Book of Enoch (like the Genesis Apocryphon) refers to these “sons of God” as Watchers. A term, as already noted, found in the Book of Daniel. (5) Why this particular word should be used, we are not told; possibly because part of their function was to keep vigil. R.H.C. Charles, who translates the word “watchers” as “the angels, the children of heaven,” obviously believed they referred to one and the same beings.

The Book of Enoch alleges that two hundred of these Watchers descended to Earth in the days of Jared (Genesis 5:18), and some of them are given names. The worst one of all is called Azazel. The name occurs in other Jewish documents, like the Apocalypse of Abraham. Azazel is accused of having “scattered over the earth the secrets of heaven and hath rebelled against the Mighty One.” His name is also found in ancient Jewish ritual concerning the Day of Atonement. On that day, the iniquities of the people of Israel were laid on the scapegoat, and then the scapegoat was driven away “to Azazel, to the wilderness” (Leviticus 16). Azazel was a demon who inhabited a region in the Judean wilderness.

There is an interesting aside on Azazel in a brilliant essay by Dr. Jacob Z. Lauterbach explaining certain “stray references to the activity of Satan on Yom Kippur.” The ritual of that day, said Lauterbach, sought to negate Satan’s efforts in three ways: The Azazel sacrifice to appease him; the smoke of the incense to drive him away; and the white robes of the High Priest, so different from his usual vestments, a disguise to mislead him. (6)

In the Book of Jubilees a different reason is given as to why the Watchers came to Earth. It was in order “to instruct the children of men and to bring about justice and equity on the Earth.” However, the story ends in the same way: instead of instigating justice and equity, they lusted after the women of Earth, and merited the full judgment of God.

SECRETS OF THE COSMETIC TRADE

According to the Book of Enoch, these Watchers instructed the people of Earth in many studies, including the use of charms and enchantments, the arts of magic, and the secrets of the cosmetic trade. And the Book of Jubilees adds to the list, “a medical herbal” which Noah wrote down at the dictation of the angels.

It is interesting how the early Church Fathers used some of these details for preaching purposes and moralistic instruction. Foremost among these was Tertullian, and certainly one of the most original. He asks with astringent irony why should the angels have to instruct the women of Earth in the cosmetic arts? Surely, if they had succeeded in charming angels without any cosmetic aids, it were an easy matter to charm men!

ASTROLOGY, WEAPONS, ET AL

Another study in which the Watchers instructed earthlings was astrology, with all its concomitant evils. And last but not least, they instructed men how to fashion weapons of destruction, particularly swords, knives and shields. Comyns Beumont deduces that they also made ammunition, and even explosives. (7)

The Book of Enoch confirms the Book of Genesis to the letter when it states:

“There arose much godlessness, and they committed fornication, and they were led astray, and became corrupt in all their ways.” (8)

Things got so bad on planet Earth, according to the Book of Enoch, that the archangels of heaven–Michael, Uriel and Gabriel— reported the matter to the Most High God:

The whole earth has been filled with blood and unrighteousness. And now, behold, the souls of those who have died are crying and making their suit to the gates of heaven, and their lamentations have ascended; and cannot cease because of the lawless deeds which are wrought upon the earth.

CLASSIFIED MATERIAL

God was moved to anger at these Watchers, because of the horrible practices that they had introduced upon the Earth. And there was something else: God was angry at the fact that they had disclosed certain secrets, and were teaching them to their sons, the Nephilim. We are not told exactly what these secrets were, except that they were “eternal secrets” which men of Earth were striving to learn, and which God did not intend for fallen man to discover.

Things deteriorated rapidly, and soon the Nephilim were practicing the most repulsive and revolting behavior. They began to “devour one another’s flesh, and drink the blood.” This cannibalism shocked even the depraved citizens of Earth, to the extent that they brought accusation against the Watchers.

Enoch is instructed by the Most High to deliver this warning to the Watchers:

“Enoch, thou scribe of righteousness, go, declare to the watchers of heaven, who have left the high heaven, the holy eternal place, and have defiled themselves with women, and have done as the children of earth do, and have taken unto themselves wives: ‘Ye have wrought great destruction on the earth: And ye shall have no peace nor forgiveness of sin.'”

These same Watchers in turn approached Enoch to mediate on their behalf, and to write out a petition in their favor. God, however, rejects the petition and Enoch is summoned to speak to the Watchers again:

“Go, say to the Watchers of heaven, who have sent thee to intercede for them: ‘Ye should intercede for men, and not men for you. Wherefore have ye left high, holy and eternal heaven, and lain with women and defiled yourselves with the daughters of men, and taken wives unto yourselves and done like the child of earth and begotten giants as sons. And although ye were holy, spiritual living and eternal life, you have defiled yourselves with the blood of women, and have begotten children with the blood of flesh, have lusted after flesh and blood as those who do die and perish.'”

And as for the giants or Nephilim produced by them:

“The giants, who are produced from the spirits and flesh, shall be called evil spirits upon the earth…Evil spirits have proceeded from their bodies; because they are born from men and from the holy Watchers is their beginning and primal origin… And the spirits of the giants afflict, oppress, attack, do battle, and work destruction on the earth…And these spirits shall rise up against the children of men and against the women, because they have proceeded from them…thus shall they destroy until the day of the consummation, the great judgment in which the age shall be consummated over the Watchers and the godless, yea, shall be wholly consummated. And now as to the Watchers… say to them therefore: ‘Ye have no peace.'”

Such was the message given to Enoch, who transmitted it to the Watchers and their progeny on Earth.

The next question is: How was this information preserved for us? How did the succeeding generation learn these facts? The Book of Enoch supplies the answer:

“And now, my son Methuselah, I tell thee everything and write it down for thee: I have revealed everything to thee, and handed thee the books which have to do with all these things. My son Methuselah, preserve the books that come from thy father’s hand and hand them on to the coming generations of the world.”

Enoch was also given a message to deliver to Noah, telling him that the whole Earth was to be destroyed. He was also to instruct Noah in the way of escape, so that his seed be preserved for all generations.

Unquestionably, the Book of Enoch confirms the biblical record that the Earth was defiled and polluted by the incursion of extraterrestrial beings, and particularly by their shameful behavior with the “daughters of men.” And as in the Book of Genesis, so in the Book of Enoch, God is incensed with this sexual coupling between celestial and terrestrial beings, and begins to move in an act of terrible judgment.

“And the Lord said, I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth” (Genesis 6:7).

 

THE SONS OF JARED

Other books, like The Book of Jubilee add a few more details to this awesome story. It reveals the date when these heavenly Watchers descended to Earth–461 Annus Mundi, a date which Bishop Usher would interpret as 3543 B.C. It also notes that these Watchers were specifically associated with Jared, the fifth in line from Adam.

Interestingly, there is an American organization called “ The Sons of Jared.” Their publication is called, “The Jaredite Advocate.” The aim of this group, as far as one is able to understand is to declare war on all the descendants of the Watchers–including notorious kings and dictators, who have tyrannized mankind. A sort of celestial Mafia!

Regarding this association with Jared, the Book of Jubilees tells us:

“And in the second week of the tenth jubilee of Mahalelel took unto him a wife Dinah, the daughter of Barakel, the daughter of his brother’s brother and she bore him a son in the sixth year and he called his name Jared for in his days the angels of the Lord descended on the earth, those so named the Watchers.” (9)

OTHER ANCIENT DOCUMENTS

Another minor source of data is the Zadokite Document. This was discovered about a half century ago in the attic of an old synagogue in Cairo and is thought to be related to the Dead Sea Scrolls. This document also refers to the descent of the Watchers, and to their giant offspring:

Because they walked in the stubbornness of their hearts, the Watchers of heaven fell, yea, they were caught thereby because they kept not the commandments of God. So too their sons whose bodies were as mountains. They also fell.” (10)

The Apocalypse of Baruch is another ancient document which confirms the story of the fallen angels. Written in Syriac, it adds this new concept to the story of the fallen angels: that the source of the corruption was the sinfulness of mankind. It was human sin that caused the angels to fall.

A series of booklets called The Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs, purporting to come from the twelve sons of Jacob, (11) also refer to the fallen angels. They contain nothing like the detail of the Book of Enoch, but they do make an interesting statement: the women of Earth were the prime movers in alluring and enticing the angels. In this they agree with the Apocalypse of Baruch. They also introduce a brand new element, suggesting that the act in which the angels and the women participated was more psychological than physical:

“Thus they allured the Watchmen before the flood, for as these continually beheld them, they lusted after them and conceived the act in their mind; for they changed themselves into the shape of men and appeared to them when they were with their husbands; and the women, lusting in their minds after their forms, gave birth to giants.” (12)

It appears from this Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs that the “lusting” and the “conceiving” were in the mind. Nonetheless, the results were physical enough–they gave birth to giants!

Jewish documents are not the only ones which refer to fallen angels. The Koran contains brief reference to two angels, Harut and Maru who came to Earth. Their fall takes place when a beautiful woman appears before them. The angels had been warned in advance that there were three things they were not to do: admit existence of other gods; murder; drink intoxicants. It was precisely these three things that the charming woman demanded, if the angels were to enjoy her favors. Finally the angels agreed to drink wine–as the least of the three sins–and their paramour granted their desires.

FOLKLORE AND FABLES

Another source of information is the abundance of myths, legends, folklore and fables that speak of “giants” upon the Earth in ancient times, and how there was sexual union between demi-gods from Heaven and women from Earth. Many scholars believe that myths emerged from a kernel of historical fact. According to Andrew Tomas, mythology and folklore are “thought- fossils depicting the story of vanished cultures in symbols and allegories.” If this is so, do we find anything in myths and legends resembling the bizarre event of Genesis 6? There are indeed numerous such traditions among many nations.

Most people are acquainted with the mythologies of ancient Greece and Rome. The gods or semi-gods in these traditions go under different names, but their behavior has a common denominator. Whether these gods are called Zeus or Jupiter, Poseidon or Neptune, Aphrodite or Venus, Eros or Cupid…their sex orgies, promiscuities, cruelties and violence are all of the same cloth. And so are their offspring.

The Genesis story, according to Tom Horner, corresponds precisely to the Age of the Heroes in ancient Greece. These heroes were also “spawned by divine fathers and human mothers. One of them was Hercules.” (14)

The story of Zeus also is well known. Promotheus was aware of the secret that Zeus had no control over his lusts, and aware also of the names of the women whom he would seduce. Because of this and other reasons, Zeus planned for Promotheus to be chained in the Caucasius, where an eagle would feed on his liver each day. But each night his liver would be renewed. In this way, the torture of Promotheus was endless. Eventually however, he and Zeus were reconciled. But cruelty was not the only distinctive of Zeus. There seemed to be no boundaries or limits to his lust, and numerous women were seduced by him, including Thetis, Europa, Leda, Metis and Dione.

 

Emile Gaverluk says:

“Zeus’ amorous victories illustrate the. actions of uncontrolled spirit-beings lusting after human flesh. The whole story of Greek mythology is an expanded version of that astonishing verse in the Bible: ‘The sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair, and took them wives of all they chose.’ (Genesis 6.-2)…The mythology of the past is a startling revelation of the uncontrolled behavior of both spirit-beings and rebellious man.” (15)

But the mythologies of Greece and Rome are not the only ones that relate such strange events. Erich Von Daniken has supplied us with a wealth of samples from around the world. (16) We admit that his speculative outbursts frequently outmatch his theological soundness, nevertheless we are indebted to him for bringing to our attention many incontrovertible facts which others had left buried and undisturbed.

  • Ancient Sumerian records tell of gods descending from the stars and fertilizing their ancestors. This interbreeding of gods from heaven and women from earth is supposed to have produced the first men upon earth.
  • The native inhabitants of Malekula, in the New Hebrides believe that the first race of men were direct descendants of the sons of heaven.
  • The Incas held that they were the descendants of the “sons of the Sun.”
  • The Teutons claimed that their ancestors came with the flying Wanen.
  • Some of the South Sea islanders trace their ancestry to one of the gods of heaven, who visited them in an enormous gleaming egg.
  • The Koreans believed that a heavenly king, “Hwanin,” sent his son, “Hwanung,” to earth, married an earth woman who gave birth to Tangun Wanggom. It was he who was supposed to have welded all the primitive tribes together into one kingdom.
  • The ancient tradition Tango-Fudoki in Japan tells the story of the Island Child. The only difference here is that it was a man from earth and a maiden from heaven that came together in marriage, and spent their time together in heaven and not on earth.
  • From India comes the Mahabharata and other ancient Sanskrit texts, which tell of “gods” begetting children with women of earth, and how these children inherited the “supernatural” skills and learning of their fathers.
  • A similar mythology is found in the Epic of Gilgamesh, where we read of “watchers” from outer space coming to planet Earth, and producing giants.
  • An early Persian myth tells that before the coming of Zoroaster, demons had corrupted the Earth, and allied themselves with women.

When these and many other accounts, are all tied together, they amaze us by their common core. Each one refers, with slight variations, to the traffic between “the sons of God” and “the daughters of men”; to the sexual activities in which they engaged; and to the unusual and abnormal offspring they produced. A further convincing element in this string of samples, is that these myths and legends belong to people so far removed from each other by time, space and language that collaboration or conspiracy is out of the question. How then does one explain this phenomenon?

FABLE OR FACT

Could it be, that at some distant point in time these bizarre events actually did take place? Rather than being the fertile product of the imagination of primitive man, they were simply man’s crude description of what actually happened? Beings from Heaven and beings from Earth did actually come together, did generate children, and did produce the Nephilim.

Later, of course, many of these myths and legends developed an overgrowth of fictional imagery and imaginative fantasy, which clung to them like moss to the mill. There can be little doubt, however, that beneath this dense overgrowth lies the plant of truth. What began history, ended up as legend.

Above all else, we are convinced that the Bible speaks of these things. The basic message of the apocryphal documents and the various mythologies find corroboration in God’s Word. Spirit beings from outer space did arrive on Earth, and did produce these unnatural offspring. By this cross-breeding, man became more and more absorbed with evil and violence; the human race became tainted and corrupted; and soon the Earth was unsalvagable. These extraterrestrial being by means of genetic manipulation had succeeded in contaminating God’s special creation; so much so, that their destruction, as well as that of man became a moral necessity.

Notes:

1.   R. H. C. Charles, Fragments of the Book of Noah (London: Oxford University Press).
2.   Theodor H. Gaster, The Dead Sea Scriptures (Garden City, New York: Doubleday and Co., Inc., 1956), p. 257.
3.   Michel Eyquem de Montaign (1533-92).
4.   Bernard J. Bamberger, Fallen Angels (Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1952), p. 25.
5.   Daniel 4:13, 17, 23.
6.   Jacob Z. Lauterbach, Hebrew Union College Annual, IV, 173ff.
7.   Comyns Beaumont, The Riddle of Prehistoric Britain (London: Rider & Co., Ltd.).
8.   Trans. by R.H.C. Charles, (London).
9.   Dr. R.H.C. Charles, The Book of Jubilees (London: A & C Black, 1902).
10. Theodore H. Gaster, The Scriptures of the Dead Sea Sect (London: Secker & Wartburg, 1957).
11. Bernard J. Bamberger, Fallen Angels (Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1952), p. 27.
12. Ibid., p. 31.
13. Andrew Tomas, We Are Not The First (New York: Bantam Books, Inc., 1973).
14. Tom Hoover, Sex in the Bible (Rutland, Vermont: Charles E. Tuttle Co., 1974), p. 145.
15. Emil Gaverluk, Did Genesis Man Conquer Space? (Nashville: Thomas Nelson, Inc., 1974), p. 89.
16. Erich Von Daniken, Gods from Outer Space (New York: Bantam Books, Inc., 1972) pp. 161-162.

Source

Weather control – Air Force 2025

If you are interested about chemtrails and what could be the agenda behind them. Here’s again some information, but as always you decide:

haarp1
Image Source

Weather Control

A Research Paper Presented To…
Air Force 2025

Weather as a Force Multiplier

Owning the Weather in 2025
by Col. Tamzy J. House
Lt. Col. James B. Near, Jr.
LTC. William B. Shields (USA)
Maj Ronald J. Celentano
Maj David M. Husband
Maj Ann E. Mercer
Maj James E. Pugh

Source: Air Force 2025
August 1996

Table 1 – Operational Capabilities Matrix

DEGRADE ENEMY FORCES ENHANCE FRIENDLY FORCES
Precipitation Enhancement Precipitation Avoidance
– Flood Lines of Communication – Maintain/Improve LOC
– Reduce PGM/Recce Effectiveness – Maintain Visibility
– Decrease Comfort Level/Morale – Maintain Comfort Level/Morale
Storm Enhancement Storm Modification
– Deny Operations – Choose Battlespace Environment
Precipitation Denial Space Weather
– Deny Fresh Water – Improve Communication Reliability
— Induce Drought – Intercept Enemy Transmissions
Space Weather – Revitalize Space Assets
– Disrupt Communications/Radar Fog and Cloud Generation
– Disable/Destroy Space Assets – Increase Concealment
Fog and Cloud Removal Fog and Cloud Removal
– Deny Concealment – Maintain Airfield Operations
– Increase Vulnerability to PGM/Recce – Enhance PGM Effectiveness
Detect Hostile Weather Activities Defend against Enemy Capabilities

 

Current technologies that will mature over the next 30 years will offer anyone who has the necessary resources the ability to modify weather patterns and their corresponding effects, at least on the local scale.

Current demographic, economic, and environmental trends will create global stresses that provide the impetus necessary for many countries or groups to turn this weather-modification ability into a capability.

In the United States, weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications. Our government will pursue such a policy, depending on its interests, at various levels. These levels could include unilateral actions, participation in a security framework such as NATO, membership in an international organization such as the UN, or participation in a coalition.

Assuming that in 2025 our national security strategy includes weather-modification, its use in our national military strategy will naturally follow. Besides the significant benefits an operational capability would provide, another motivation to pursue weather-modification is to deter and counter potential adversaries.

In this paper we show that appropriate application of weather-modification can provide battlespace dominance to a degree never before imagined. In the future, such operations will enhance air and space superiority and provide new options for battlespace shaping and battlespace awareness.1

“The technology is there, waiting for us to pull it all together;”2 in 2025 we can “Own the Weather.”

Chapter 1

Introduction

Scenario: Imagine that in 2025 the US is fighting a rich, but now consolidated, politically powerful drug cartel in South America. The cartel has purchased hundreds of Russian-and Chinese-built fighters that have successfully thwarted our attempts to attack their production facilities. With their local numerical superiority and interior lines, the cartel is launching more than 10 aircraft for every one of ours. In addition, the cartel is using the French system probatoire d’ observation de la terre (SPOT) positioning and tracking imagery systems, which in 2025 are capable of transmitting near-real-time, multispectral imagery with 1 meter resolution. The US wishes to engage the enemy on an uneven playing field in order to exploit the full potential of our aircraft and munitions.

Meteorological analysis reveals that equatorial South America typically has afternoon thunderstorms on a daily basis throughout the year. Our intelligence has confirmed that cartel pilots are reluctant to fly in or near thunderstorms. Therefore, our weather force support element (WFSE), which is a part of the commander in chief’s (CINC) air operations center (AOC), is tasked to forecast storm paths and trigger or intensify thunderstorm cells over critical target areas that the enemy must defend with their aircraft. Since our aircraft in 2025 have all-weather capability, the thunderstorm threat is minimal to our forces, and we can effectively and decisively control the sky over the target.

The WFSE has the necessary sensor and communication capabilities to observe, detect, and act on weather-modification requirements to support US military objectives. These capabilities are part of an advanced battle area system that supports the war-fighting CINC. In our scenario, the CINC tasks the WFSE to conduct storm intensification and concealment operations. The WFSE models the atmospheric conditions to forecast, with 90 percent confidence, the likelihood of successful modification using airborne cloud generation and seeding.

In 2025, uninhabited aerospace vehicles (UAV) are routinely used for weather-modification operations. By cross-referencing desired attack times with wind and thunderstorm forecasts and the SPOT satellite’s projected orbit, the WFSE generates mission profiles for each UAV. The WFSE guides each UAV using near-real-time information from a networked sensor array.

Prior to the attack, which is coordinated with forecasted weather conditions, the UAVs begin cloud generation and seeding operations. UAVs disperse a cirrus shield to deny enemy visual and infrared (IR) surveillance. Simultaneously, microwave heaters create localized scintillation to disrupt active sensing via synthetic aperture radar (SAR) systems such as the commercially available Canadian search and rescue satellite-aided tracking (SARSAT) that will be widely available in 2025. Other cloud seeding operations cause a developing thunderstorm to intensify over the target, severely limiting the enemy’s capability to defend. The WFSE monitors the entire operation in real-time and notes the successful completion of another very important but routine weather-modification mission.

This scenario may seem far-fetched, but by 2025 it is within the realm of possibility. The next chapter explores the reasons for weather-modification, defines the scope, and examines trends that will make it possible in the next 30 years.

Chapter 2

Required Capability

Why Would We Want to Mess with the Weather?

According to Gen Gordon Sullivan, former Army chief of staff, “As we leap technology into the 21st century, we will be able to see the enemy day or night, in any weather- and go after him relentlessly.”3 A global, precise, real-time, robust, systematic weather-modification capability would provide war-fighting CINCs with a powerful force multiplier to achieve military objectives. Since weather will be common to all possible futures, a weather-modification capability would be universally applicable and have utility across the entire spectrum of conflict. The capability of influencing the weather even on a small scale could change it from a force degrader to a force multiplier.

People have always wanted to be able to do something about the weather. In the US, as early as 1839, newspaper archives tell of people with serious and creative ideas on how to make rain.4 In 1957, the president’s advisory committee on weather control explicitly recognized the military potential of weather-modification, warning in their report that it could become a more important weapon than the atom bomb.5

However, controversy since 1947 concerning the possible legal consequences arising from the deliberate alteration of large storm systems meant that little future experimentation could be conducted on storms which had the potential to reach land.6 In 1977, the UN General Assembly adopted a resolution prohibiting the hostile use of environmental modification techniques. The resulting “Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Technique (ENMOD)” committed the signatories to refrain from any military or other hostile use of weather-modification which could result in widespread, long-lasting, or severe effects.7 While these two events have not halted the pursuit of weather-modification research, they have significantly inhibited its pace and the development of associated technologies, while producing a primary focus on suppressive versus intensification activities.

The influence of the weather on military operations has long been recognized. During World War II, Eisenhower said,

[i]n Europe bad weather is the worst enemy of the air [operations]. Some soldier once said, “The weather is always neutral.” Nothing could be more untrue. Bad weather is obviously the enemy of the side that seeks to launch projects requiring good weather, or of the side possessing great assets, such as strong air forces, which depend upon good weather for effective operations. If really bad weather should endure permanently, the Nazi would need nothing else to defend the Normandy coast!8

The impact of weather has also been important in more recent military operations. A significant number of the air sorties into Tuzla during the initial deployment supporting the Bosnian peace operation aborted due to weather. During Operation Desert Storm, Gen Buster C. Glosson asked his weather officer to tell him which targets would be clear in 48 hours for inclusion in the air tasking order (ATO).9 But current forecasting capability is only 85 percent accurate for no more than 24 hours, which doesn’t adequately meet the needs of the ATO planning cycle. Over 50 percent of the F-117 sorties weather aborted over their targets and A-10s only flew 75 of 200 scheduled close air support (CAS) missions due to low cloud cover during the first two days of the campaign.10 The application of weather-modification technology to clear a hole over the targets long enough for F-117s to attack and place bombs on target or clear the fog from the runway at Tuzla would have been a very effective force multiplier. Weather-modification clearly has potential for military use at the operational level to reduce the elements of fog and friction for friendly operations and to significantly increase them for the enemy.

What Do We Mean by “Weather-modification”?

Today, weather-modification is the alteration of weather phenomena over a limited area for a limited period of time.11 Within the next three decades, the concept of weather-modification could expand to include the ability to shape weather patterns by influencing their determining factors.12 Achieving such a highly accurate and reasonably precise weather-modification capability in the next 30 years will require overcoming some challenging but not insurmountable technological and legal hurdles.

Technologically, we must have a solid understanding of the variables that affect weather. We must be able to model the dynamics of their relationships, map the possible results of their interactions, measure their actual real-time values, and influence their values to achieve a desired outcome. Society will have to provide the resources and legal basis for a mature capability to develop. How could all of this happen? The following notional scenario postulates how weather-modification might become both technically feasible and socially desirable by 2025.

Between now and 2005, technological advances in meteorology and the demand for more precise weather information by global businesses will lead to the successful identification and parameterization of the major variables that affect weather. By 2015, advances in computational capability, modeling techniques, and atmospheric information tracking will produce a highly accurate and reliable weather prediction capability, validated against real-world weather. In the following decade, population densities put pressure on the worldwide availability and cost of food and usable water. Massive life and property losses associated with natural weather disasters become increasingly unacceptable. These pressures prompt governments and/or other organizations who are able to capitalize on the technological advances of the previous 20 years to pursue a highly accurate and reasonably precise weather-modification capability. The increasing urgency to realize the benefits of this capability stimulates laws and treaties, and some unilateral actions, making the risks required to validate and refine it acceptable. By 2025, the world, or parts of it, are able to shape local weather patterns by influencing the factors that affect climate, precipitation, storms and their effects, fog, and near space. These highly accurate and reasonably precise civil applications of weather-modification technology have obvious military implications. This is particularly true for aerospace forces, for while weather may affect all mediums of operation, it operates in ours.

The term weather-modification may have negative connotations for many people, civilians and military members alike. It is thus important to define the scope to be considered in this paper so that potential critics or proponents of further research have a common basis for discussion.

In the broadest sense, weather-modification can be divided into two major categories: suppression and intensification of weather patterns. In extreme cases, it might involve the creation of completely new weather patterns, attenuation or control of severe storms, or even alteration of global climate on a far-reaching and/or long-lasting scale. In the mildest and least controversial cases it may consist of inducing or suppressing precipitation, clouds, or fog for short times over a small-scale region. Other low-intensity applications might include the alteration and/or use of near space as a medium to enhance communications, disrupt active or passive sensing, or other purposes. In conducting the research for this study, the broadest possible interpretation of weather-modification was initially embraced, so that the widest range of opportunities available for our military in 2025 were thoughtfully considered. However, for several reasons described below, this paper focuses primarily on localized and short-term forms of weather-modification and how these could be incorporated into war-fighting capability. The primary areas discussed include generation and dissipation of precipitation, clouds, and fog; modification of localized storm systems; and the use of the ionosphere and near space for space control and communications dominance. These applications are consistent with CJCSI 3810.01, “Meteorological and Oceanographic Operations.”13

Extreme and controversial examples of weather modification-creation of made-to-order weather, large-scale climate modification, creation and/or control (or “steering”) of severe storms, etc.-were researched as part of this study but receive only brief mention here because, in the authors’ judgment, the technical obstacles preventing their application appear insurmountable within 30 years.14 If this were not the case, such applications would have been included in this report as potential military options, despite their controversial and potentially malevolent nature and their inconsistency with standing UN agreements to which the US is a signatory.

On the other hand, the weather-modification applications proposed in this report range from technically proven to potentially feasible. They are similar, however, in that none are currently employed or envisioned for employment by our operational forces. They are also similar in their potential value for the war fighter of the future, as we hope to convey in the following chapters. A notional integrated system that incorporates weather-modification tools will be described in the next chapter; how those tools might be applied are then discussed within the framework of the Concept of Operations in chapter 4.

Chapter 3

System Description

Our vision is that by 2025 the military could influence the weather on a mesoscale (<200 km2) or microscale (immediate local area) to achieve operational capabilities such as those listed in Table 1. The capability would be the synergistic result of a system consisting of

(1) highly trained weather force specialists (WFS) who are members of the CINC’s weather force support element (WFSE);

(2) access ports to the global weather network (GWN), where worldwide weather observations and forecasts are obtained near-real-time from civilian and military sources;

(3) a dense, highly accurate local area weather sensing and communication system;

(4) an advanced computer local area weather-modification modeling and prediction capability within the area of responsibility (AOR);

(5) proven weather-modification intervention technologies; and

(6) a feedback capability.

The Global Weather Network

The GWN is envisioned to be an evolutionary expansion of the current military and civilian worldwide weather data network. By 2025, it will be a super high-speed, expanded bandwidth, communication network filled with near-real-time weather observations taken from a denser and more accurate worldwide observation network resulting from highly improved ground, air, maritime, and space sensors. The network will also provide access to forecast centers around the world where sophisticated, tailored forecast and data products, generated from weather prediction models (global, regional, local, specialized, etc.) based on the latest nonlinear mathematical techniques are made available to GWN customers for near-real-time use.

By 2025, we envision that weather prediction models, in general, and mesoscale weather-modification models, in particular, will be able to emulate all-weather producing variables, along with their interrelated dynamics, and prove to be highly accurate in stringent measurement trials against empirical data. The brains of these models will be advanced software and hardware capabilities which can rapidly ingest trillions of environmental data points, merge them into usable data bases, process the data through the weather prediction models, and disseminate the weather information over the GWN in near-real-time.15 This network is depicted schematically in figure 3-1.

Evidence of the evolving future weather modeling and prediction capability as well as the GWN can be seen in the national oceanic and atmospheric administration’s (NOAA) 1995-2005 strategic plan. It includes program elements to “advance short-term warning and forecast services, implement seasonal to inter-annual climate forecasts, and predict and assess decadal to centennial change;”16 it does not, however, include plans for weather-modification modeling or modification technology development. NOAA’s plans include extensive data gathering programs such as Next Generation Radar (NEXRAD) and Doppler weather surveillance systems deployed throughout the US. Data from these sensing systems feed into over 100 forecast centers for processing by the Advanced Weather Interactive Processing System (AWIPS), which will provide data communication, processing, and display capabilities for extensive forecasting. In addition, NOAA has leased a Cray C90 supercomputer capable of performing over 1.5×1010 operations per second that has already been used to run a Hurricane Prediction System.17

Applying Weather-modification to Military Operations

How will the military, in general, and the USAF, in particular, manage and employ a weather-modification capability? We envision this will be done by the weather force support element (WFSE), whose primary mission would be to support the war-fighting CINCs with weather-modification options, in addition to current forecasting support. Although the WFSE could operate anywhere as long as it has access to the GWN and the system components already discussed, it will more than likely be a component within the AOC or its 2025-equivalent. With the CINC’s intent as guidance, the WFSE formulates weather-modification options using information provided by the GWN, local weather data network, and weather-modification forecast model. The options include range of effect, probability of success, resources to be expended, the enemy’s vulnerability, and risks involved. The CINC chooses an effect based on these inputs, and the WFSE then implements the chosen course, selecting the right modification tools and employing them to achieve the desired effect. Sensors detect the change and feed data on the new weather pattern to the modeling system which updates its forecast accordingly. The WFSE checks the effectiveness of its efforts by pulling down the updated current conditions and new forecast(s) from the GWN and local weather data network, and plans follow-on missions as needed. This concept is illustrated in figure 3-2.

WFSE personnel will need to be experts in information systems and well schooled in the arts of both offensive and defensive information warfare. They would also have an in-depth understanding of the GWN and an appreciation for how weather-modification could be employed to meet a CINC’s needs.

Because of the nodal web nature of the GWN, this concept would be very flexible. For instance, a WFSE could be assigned to each theater to provide direct support to the CINC. The system would also be survivable, with multiple nodes connected to the GWN.

A product of the information age, this system would be most vulnerable to information warfare. Each WFSE would need the most current defensive and offensive information capabilities available. Defensive abilities would be necessary for survival. Offensive abilities could provide spoofing options to create virtual weather in the enemy’s sensory and information systems, making it more likely for them to make decisions producing results of our choosing rather than theirs. It would also allow for the capability to mask or disguise our weather-modification activities.

Two key technologies are necessary to meld an integrated, comprehensive, responsive, precise, and effective weather-modification system. Advances in the science of chaos are critical to this endeavor. Also key to the feasibility of such a system is the ability to model the extremely complex nonlinear system of global weather in ways that can accurately predict the outcome of changes in the influencing variables. Researchers have already successfully controlled single variable nonlinear systems in the lab and hypothesize that current mathematical techniques and computer capacity could handle systems with up to five variables. Advances in these two areas would make it feasible to affect regional weather patterns by making small, continuous nudges to one or more influencing factors. Conceivably, with enough lead time and the right conditions, you could get “made-to-order” weather.18

Developing a true weather-modification capability will require various intervention tools to adjust the appropriate meteorological parameters in predictable ways. It is this area that must be developed by the military based on specific required capabilities such as those listed in table 1, table 1 is located in the Executive Summary. Such a system would contain a sensor array and localized battle area data net to provide the fine level of resolution required to detect intervention effects and provide feedback. This net would include ground, air, maritime, and space sensors as well as human observations in order to ensure the reliability and responsiveness of the system, even in the event of enemy countermeasures. It would also include specific intervention tools and technologies, some of which already exist and others which must be developed. Some of these proposed tools are described in the following chapter titled Concept of Operations. The total weather-modification process would be a real-time loop of continuous, appropriate, measured interventions, and feedback capable of producing desired weather behavior.

Chapter 4

Concept of Operations

The essential ingredient of the weather-modification system is the set of intervention techniques used to modify the weather. The number of specific intervention methodologies is limited only by the imagination, but with few exceptions they involve infusing either energy or chemicals into the meteorological process in the right way, at the right place and time. The intervention could be designed to modify the weather in a number of ways, such as influencing clouds and precipitation, storm intensity, climate, space, or fog.

Precipitation

For centuries man has desired the ability to influence precipitation at the time and place of his choosing. Until recently, success in achieving this goal has been minimal; however, a new window of opportunity may exist resulting from development of new technologies and an increasing world interest in relieving water shortages through precipitation enhancement. Consequently, we advocate that the DOD explore the many opportunities (and also the ramifications) resulting from development of a capability to influence precipitation or conducting “selective precipitation modification.” Although the capability to influence precipitation over the long term (i.e., for more than several days) is still not fully understood. By 2025 we will certainly be capable of increasing or decreasing precipitation over the short term in a localized area.

Before discussing research in this area, it is important to describe the benefits of such a capability. While many military operations may be influenced by precipitation, ground mobility is most affected. Influencing precipitation could prove useful in two ways. First, enhancing precipitation could decrease the enemy’s trafficability by muddying terrain, while also affecting their morale. Second, suppressing precipitation could increase friendly trafficability by drying out an otherwise muddied area.

What is the possibility of developing this capability and applying it to tactical operations by 2025? Closer than one might think. Research has been conducted in precipitation modification for many years, and an aspect of the resulting technology was applied to operations during the Vietnam War.19 These initial attempts provide a foundation for further development of a true capability for selective precipitation modification.

Interestingly enough, the US government made a conscious decision to stop building upon this foundation. As mentioned earlier, international agreements have prevented the US from investigating weather-modification operations that could have widespread, long-lasting, or severe effects. However, possibilities do exist (within the boundaries of established treaties) for using localized precipitation modification over the short term, with limited and potentially positive results.

These possibilities date back to our own previous experimentation with precipitation modification. As stated in an article appearing in the Journal of Applied Meteorology, early all the weather-modification efforts over the last quarter century have been aimed at producing changes on the cloud scale through exploitation of the saturated vapor pressure difference between ice and water. This is not to be criticized but it is time we also consider the feasibility of weather-modification on other time-space scales and with other physical hypotheses.20

This study by William M. Gray, et al., investigated the hypothesis that “significant beneficial influences can be derived through judicious exploitation of the solar absorption potential of carbon black dust.”21 The study ultimately found that this technology could be used to enhance rainfall on the mesoscale, generate cirrus clouds, and enhance cumulonimbus (thunderstorm) clouds in otherwise dry areas.

The technology can be described as follows. Just as a black tar roof easily absorbs solar energy and subsequently radiates heat during a sunny day, carbon black also readily absorbs solar energy. When dispersed in microscopic or “dust” form in the air over a large body of water, the carbon becomes hot and heats the surrounding air, thereby increasing the amount of evaporation from the body of water below. As the surrounding air heats up, parcels of air will rise and the water vapor contained in the rising air parcel will eventually condense to form clouds. Over time the cloud droplets increase in size as more and more water vapor condenses, and eventually they become too large and heavy to stay suspended and will fall as rain or other forms of precipitation.22 The study points out that this precipitation enhancement technology would work best “upwind from coastlines with onshore flow.” Lake-effect snow along the southern edge of the Great Lakes is a naturally occurring phenomenon based on similar dynamics.

Can this type of precipitation enhancement technology have military applications? Yes, if the right conditions exist. For example, if we are fortunate enough to have a fairly large body of water available upwind from the targeted battlefield, carbon dust could be placed in the atmosphere over that water. Assuming the dynamics are supportive in the atmosphere, the rising saturated air will eventually form clouds and rainshowers downwind over the land.23 While the likelihood of having a body of water located upwind of the battlefield is unpredictable, the technology could prove enormously useful under the right conditions. Only further experimentation will determine to what degree precipitation enhancement can be controlled.

If precipitation enhancement techniques are successfully developed and the right natural conditions also exist, we must also be able to disperse carbon dust into the desired location. Transporting it in a completely controlled, safe, cost-effective, and reliable manner requires innovation. Numerous dispersal techniques have already been studied, but the most convenient, safe, and cost-effective method discussed is the use of afterburner-type jet engines to generate carbon particles while flying through the targeted air. This method is based on injection of liquid hydrocarbon fuel into the afterburner’s combustion gases. This direct generation method was found to be more desirable than another plausible method (i.e., the transport of large quantities of previously produced and properly sized carbon dust to the desired altitude).

The carbon dust study demonstrated that small-scale precipitation enhancement is possible and has been successfully verified under certain atmospheric conditions. Since the study was conducted, no known military applications of this technology have been realized. However, we can postulate how this technology might be used in the future by examining some of the delivery platforms conceivably available for effective dispersal of carbon dust or other effective modification agents in the year 2025.

One method we propose would further maximize the technology’s safety and reliability, by virtually eliminating the human element. To date, much work has been done on UAVs which can closely (if not completely) match the capabilities of piloted aircraft. If this UAV technology were combined with stealth and carbon dust technologies, the result could be a UAV aircraft invisible to radar while en route to the targeted area, which could spontaneously create carbon dust in any location. However, minimizing the number of UAVs required to complete the mission would depend upon the development of a new and more efficient system to produce carbon dust by a follow-on technology to the afterburner-type jet engines previously mentioned. In order to effectively use stealth technology, this system must also have the ability to disperse carbon dust while minimizing (or eliminating) the UAV’s infrared heat source.

In addition to using stealth UAV and carbon dust absorption technology for precipitation enhancement, this delivery method could also be used for precipitation suppression. Although the previously mentioned study did not significantly explore the possibility of cloud seeding for precipitation suppression, this possibility does exist. If clouds were seeded (using chemical nuclei similar to those used today or perhaps a more effective agent discovered through continued research) before their downwind arrival to a desired location, the result could be a suppression of precipitation. In other words, precipitation could be “forced” to fall before its arrival in the desired territory, thereby making the desired territory “dry.” The strategic and operational benefits of doing this have previously been discussed.

Fog

In general, successful fog dissipation requires some type of heating or seeding process. Which technique works best depends on the type of fog encountered. In simplest terms, there are two basic types of fog-cold and warm. Cold fog occurs at temperatures below 32oF. The best-known dissipation technique for cold fog is to seed it from the air with agents that promote the growth of ice crystals.24

Warm fog occurs at temperatures above 32 degrees F and accounts for 90 percent of the fog-related problems encountered by flight operations.25 The best-known dissipation technique is heating because a small temperature increase is usually sufficient to evaporate the fog. Since heating usually isn’t practical, the next most effective technique is hygroscopic seeding.26 Hygroscopic seeding uses agents that absorb water vapor. This technique is most effective when accomplished from the air but can also be accomplished from the ground.27 Optimal results require advance information on fog depth, liquid water content, and wind.28

Decades of research show that fog dissipation is an effective application of weather-modification technology with demonstrated savings of huge proportions for both military and civil aviation.29 Local municipalities have also shown an interest in applying these techniques to improve the safety of high-speed highways transiting areas of frequently occurring dense fog.30

There are some emerging technologies which may have important applications for fog dispersal. As discussed earlier, heating is the most effective dispersal method for the most commonly occurring type of fog. Unfortunately, it has proved impractical for most situations and would be difficult at best for contingency operations. However, the development of directed radiant energy technologies, such as microwaves and lasers, could provide new possibilities.

Lab experiments have shown microwaves to be effective for the heat dissipation of fog. However, results also indicate that the energy levels required exceed the US large power density exposure limit of 100 watt/m2 and would be very expensive.31 Field experiments with lasers have demonstrated the capability to dissipate warm fog at an airfield with zero visibility. Generating 1 watt/cm2, which is approximately the US large power density exposure limit, the system raised visibility to one quarter of a mile in 20 seconds.32 Laser systems described in the Space Operations portion of this AF 2025 study could certainly provide this capability as one of their many possible uses.

With regard to seeding techniques, improvements in the materials and delivery methods are not only plausible but likely. Smart materials based on nanotechnology are currently being developed with gigaops computer capability at their core. They could adjust their size to optimal dimensions for a given fog seeding situation and even make adjustments throughout the process. They might also enhance their dispersal qualities by adjusting their buoyancy, by communicating with each other, and by steering themselves within the fog. They will be able to provide immediate and continuous effectiveness feedback by integrating with a larger sensor network and can also change their temperature and polarity to improve their seeding effects.33 As mentioned above, UAVs could be used to deliver and distribute these smart materials.

Recent army research lab experiments have demonstrated the feasibility of generating fog. They used commercial equipment to generate thick fog in an area 100 meters long. Further study has shown fogs to be effective at blocking much of the UV/IR/visible spectrum, effectively masking emitters of such radiation from IR weapons.34 This technology would enable a small military unit to avoid detection in the IR spectrum. Fog could be generated to quickly, conceal the movement of tanks or infantry, or it could conceal military operations, facilities, or equipment. Such systems may also be useful in inhibiting observations of sensitive rear-area operations by electro-optical reconnaissance platforms.35

Storms

The desirability to modify storms to support military objectives is the most aggressive and controversial type of weather-modification. The damage caused by storms is indeed horrendous. For instance, a tropical storm has an energy equal to 10,000 one-megaton hydrogen bombs,36 and in 1992 Hurricane Andrew totally destroyed Homestead AFB, Florida, caused the evacuation of most military aircraft in the southeastern US, and resulted in $15.5 billion of damage.37 However, as one would expect based on a storm’s energy level, current scientific literature indicates that there are definite physical limits on mankind’s ability to modify storm systems. By taking this into account along with political, environmental, economic, legal, and moral considerations, we will confine our analysis of storms to localized thunderstorms and thus do not consider major storm systems such as hurricanes or intense low-pressure systems.

At any instant there are approximately 2,000 thunderstorms taking place. In fact 45,000 thunderstorms, which contain heavy rain, hail, microbursts, wind shear, and lightning form daily.38 Anyone who has flown frequently on commercial aircraft has probably noticed the extremes that pilots will go to avoid thunderstorms. The danger of thunderstorms was clearly shown in August 1985 when a jumbo jet crashed killing 137 people after encountering microburst wind shears during a rain squall.39 These forces of nature impact all aircraft and even the most advanced fighters of 1996 make every attempt to avoid a thunderstorm.

Will bad weather remain an aviation hazard in 2025? The answer, unfortunately, is “yes,” but projected advances in technology over the next 30 years will diminish the hazard potential. Computer-controlled flight systems will be able to “autopilot” aircraft through rapidly changing winds. Aircraft will also have highly accurate, onboard sensing systems that can instantaneously “map” and automatically guide the aircraft through the safest portion of a storm cell. Aircraft are envisioned to have hardened electronics that can withstand the effects of lightning strikes and may also have the capability to generate a surrounding electropotential field that will neutralize or repel lightning strikes.

Assuming that the US achieves some or all of the above outlined aircraft technical advances and maintains the technological “weather edge” over its potential adversaries, we can next look at how we could modify the battlespace weather to make the best use of our technical advantage.

Weather-modification technologies might involve techniques that would increase latent heat release in the atmosphere, provide additional water vapor for cloud cell development, and provide additional surface and lower atmospheric heating to increase atmospheric instability. Critical to the success of any attempt to trigger a storm cell is the pre-existing atmospheric conditions locally and regionally. The atmosphere must already be conditionally unstable and the large-scale dynamics must be supportive of vertical cloud development. The focus of the weather-modification effort would be to provide additional “conditions” that would make the atmosphere unstable enough to generate cloud and eventually storm cell development. The path of storm cells once developed or enhanced is dependent not only on the mesoscale dynamics of the storm but the regional and synoptic (global) scale atmospheric wind flow patterns in the area which are currently not subject to human control.

As indicated, the technical hurdles for storm development in support of military operations are obviously greater than enhancing precipitation or dispersing fog as described earlier. One area of storm research that would significantly benefit military operations is lightning modification. Most research efforts are being conducted to develop techniques to lessen the occurrence or hazards associated with lightning. This is important research for military operations and resource protection, but some offensive military benefit could be obtained by doing research on increasing the potential and intensity of lightning. Concepts to explore include increasing the basic efficiency of the thunderstorm, stimulating the triggering mechanism that initiates the bolt, and triggering lightning such as that which struck Apollo 12 in 1968.40 Possible mechanisms to investigate would be ways to modify the electropotential characteristics over certain targets to induce lightning strikes on the desired targets as the storm passes over their location.

In summary, the ability to modify battlespace weather through storm cell triggering or enhancement would allow us to exploit the technological “weather” advances of our 2025 aircraft; this area has tremendous potential and should be addressed by future research and concept development programs.

Exploitation of “NearSpace” for Space Control

This section discusses opportunities for control and modification of the ionosphere and near-space environment for force enhancement; specifically to enhance our own communications, sensing, and navigation capabilities and/or impair those of our enemy. A brief technical description of the ionosphere and its importance in current communications systems is provided in appendix A.

By 2025, it may be possible to modify the ionosphere and near space, creating a variety of potential applications, as discussed below. However, before ionospheric modification becomes possible, a number of evolutionary advances in space weather forecasting and observation are needed. Many of these needs were described in a Spacecast 2020 study, Space Weather Support for Communications.41 Some of the suggestions from this study are included in appendix B; it is important to note that our ability to exploit near space via active modification is dependent on successfully achieving reliable observation and prediction capabilities.

Opportunities Afforded by Space Weather-modification

Modification of the near-space environment is crucial to battlespace dominance. General Charles Horner, former commander in chief, United States space command, described his worst nightmare as “seeing an entire Marine battalion wiped out on some foreign landing zone because he was unable to deny the enemy intelligence and imagery generated from space.”42 Active modification could provide a “technological fix” to jam the enemy’s active and passive surveillance and reconnaissance systems. In short, an operational capability to modify the near-space environment would ensure space superiority in 2025; this capability would allow us to shape and control the battlespace via enhanced communication, sensing, navigation, and precision engagement systems.

While we recognize that technological advances may negate the importance of certain electromagnetic frequencies for US aerospace forces in 2025 (such as radio frequency (RF), high-frequency (HF) and very high-frequency (VHF) bands), the capabilities described below are nevertheless relevant. Our nonpeer adversaries will most likely still depend on such frequencies for communications, sensing, and navigation and would thus be extremely vulnerable to disruption via space weather-modification.

Communications Dominance via Ionospheric Modification

Modification of the ionosphere to enhance or disrupt communications has recently become the subject of active research. According to Lewis M. Duncan, and Robert L. Showen, the Former Soviet Union (FSU) conducted theoretical and experimental research in this area at a level considerably greater than comparable programs in the West.43 There is a strong motivation for this research, because induced ionospheric modifications may influence, or even disrupt, the operation of radio systems relying on propagation through the modified region. The controlled generation or accelerated dissipation of ionospheric disturbances may be used to produce new propagation paths, otherwise unavailable, appropriate for selected RF missions.44

A number of methods have been explored or proposed to modify the ionosphere, including injection of chemical vapors and heating or charging via electromagnetic radiation or particle beams (such as ions, neutral particles, x-rays, MeV particles, and energetic electrons).45 It is important to note that many techniques to modify the upper atmosphere have been successfully demonstrated experimentally. Ground-based modification techniques employed by the FSU include vertical HF heating, oblique HF heating, microwave heating, and magnetospheric modification.46 Significant military applications of such operations include low frequency (LF) communication production, HF ducted communications, and creation of an artificial ionosphere (discussed in detail below). Moreover, developing countries also recognize the benefit of ionospheric modification: “in the early 1980’s, Brazil conducted an experiment to modify the ionosphere by chemical injection.”47

Several high-payoff capabilities that could result from the modification of the ionosphere or near space are described briefly below. It should be emphasized that this list is not comprehensive; modification of the ionosphere is an area rich with potential applications and there are also likely spin-off applications that have yet to be envisioned.

Ionospheric mirrors for pinpoint communication or over-the-horizon (OTH) radar transmission. The properties and limitations of the ionosphere as a reflecting medium for high-frequency radiation are described in appendix A. The major disadvantage in depending on the ionosphere to reflect radio waves is its variability, which is due to normal space weather and events such as solar flares and geomagnetic storms. The ionosphere has been described as a crinkled sheet of wax paper whose relative position rises and sinks depending on weather conditions. The surface topography of the crinkled paper also constantly changes, leading to variability in its reflective, refractive, and transmissive properties.

Creation of an artificial uniform ionosphere was first proposed by Soviet researcher A. V. Gurevich in the mid-1970s. An artificial ionospheric mirror (AIM) would serve as a precise mirror for electromagnetic radiation of a selected frequency or a range of frequencies. It would thereby be useful for both pinpoint control of friendly communications and interception of enemy transmissions.

This concept has been described in detail by Paul A. Kossey, et al. in a paper entitled “Artificial Ionospheric Mirrors (AIM).”48 The authors describe how one could precisely control the location and height of the region of artificially produced ionization using crossed microwave (MW) beams, which produce atmospheric breakdown (ionization) of neutral species. The implications of such control are enormous: one would no longer be subject to the vagaries of the natural ionosphere but would instead have direct control of the propagation environment. Ideally, the AIM could be rapidly created and then would be maintained only for a brief operational period. A schematic depicting the crossed-beam approach for generation of an AIM is shown in figure 4-1.49

An AIM could theoretically reflect radio waves with frequencies up to 2 GHz, which is nearly two orders of magnitude higher than those waves reflected by the natural ionosphere. The MW radiator power requirements for such a system are roughly an order of magnitude greater than 1992 state-of-the-art systems; however, by 2025 such a power capability is expected to be easily achievable.

Besides providing pinpoint communication control and potential interception capability, this technology would also provide communication capability at specified frequencies, as desired. Figure 4-2 shows how a ground-based radiator might generate a series of AIMs, each of which would be tailored to reflect a selected transmission frequency. Such an arrangement would greatly expand the available bandwidth for communications and also eliminate the problem of interference and crosstalk (by allowing one to use the requisite power level).

Kossey et al. also describe how AIMs could be used to improve the capability of OTH radar:

AIM based radar could be operated at a frequency chosen to optimize target detection, rather than be limited by prevailing ionospheric conditions. This, combined with the possibility of controlling the radar’s wave polarization to mitigate clutter effects, could result in reliable detection of cruise missiles and other low observable targets.50

A schematic depicting this concept is shown in figure 4-3. Potential advantages over conventional OTH radars include frequency control, mitigation of auroral effects, short range operation, and detection of a smaller cross-section target.

Disruption of communications and radar via ionospheric control. A variation of the capability proposed above is ionospheric modification to disrupt an enemy’s communication or radar transmissions. Because HF communications are controlled directly by the ionosphere’s properties, an artificially created ionization region could conceivably disrupt an enemy’s electromagnetic transmissions. Even in the absence of an artificial ionization patch, high-frequency modification produces large-scale ionospheric variations which alter HF propagation characteristics. The payoff of research aimed at understanding how to control these variations could be high as both HF communication enhancement and degradation are possible. Offensive interference of this kind would likely be indistinguishable from naturally occurring space weather. This capability could also be employed to precisely locate the source of enemy electromagnetic transmissions.

VHF, UHF, and super-high frequency (SHF) satellite communications could be disrupted by creating artificial ionospheric scintillation. This phenomenon causes fluctuations in the phase and amplitude of radio waves over a very wide band (30 MHz to 30 GHz). HF modification produces electron density irregularities that cause scintillation over a wide-range of frequencies. The size of the irregularities determines which frequency band will be affected. Understanding how to control the spectrum of the artificial irregularities generated in the HF modification process should be a primary goal of research in this area. Additionally, it may be possible to suppress the growth of natural irregularities resulting in reduced levels of natural scintillation. Creating artificial scintillation would allow us to disrupt satellite transmissions over selected regions. Like the HF disruption described above, such actions would likely be indistinguishable from naturally occurring environmental events. Figure 4-4 shows how artificially ionized regions might be used to disrupt HF communications via attenuation, scatter, or absorption (fig. 4.4a) or degrade satellite communications via scintillation or energy loss (fig. 4-4b) (from Ref. 25).

Exploding/disabling space assets traversing near-space. The ionosphere could potentially be artificially charged or injected with radiation at a certain point so that it becomes inhospitable to satellites or other space structures. The result could range from temporarily disabling the target to its complete destruction via an induced explosion. Of course, effectively employing such a capability depends on the ability to apply it selectively to chosen regions in space.

Charging space assets by near-space energy transfer. In contrast to the injurious capability described above, regions of the ionosphere could potentially be modified or used as-is to revitalize space assets, for instance by charging their power systems. The natural charge of the ionosphere may serve to provide most or all of the energy input to the satellite. There have been a number of papers in the last decade on electrical charging of space vehicles; however, according to one author, “in spite of the significant effort made in the field both theoretically and experimentally, the vehicle charging problem is far from being completely understood.”51

While the technical challenge is considerable, the potential to harness electrostatic energy to fuel the satellite’s power cells would have a high payoff, enabling service life extension of space assets at a relatively low cost. Additionally, exploiting the capability of powerful HF radio waves to accelerate electrons to relatively high energies may also facilitate the degradation of enemy space assets through directed bombardment with the HF-induced electron beams. As with artificial HF communication disruptions and induced scintillation, the degradation of enemy spacecraft with such techniques would be effectively indistinguishable from natural environment effects. The investigation and optimization of HF acceleration mechanisms for both friendly and hostile purposes is an important area for future research efforts.

Artificial Weather

While most weather-modification efforts rely on the existence of certain preexisting conditions, it may be possible to produce some weather effects artificially, regardless of preexisting conditions. For instance, virtual weather could be created by influencing the weather information received by an end user. Their perception of parameter values or images from global or local meteorological information systems would differ from reality. This difference in perception would lead the end user to make degraded operational decisions.

Nanotechnology also offers possibilities for creating simulated weather. A cloud, or several clouds, of microscopic computer particles, all communicating with each other and with a larger control system could provide tremendous capability. Interconnected, atmospherically buoyant, and having navigation capability in three dimensions, such clouds could be designed to have a wide-range of properties. They might exclusively block optical sensors or could adjust to become impermeable to other surveillance methods. They could also provide an atmospheric electrical potential difference, which otherwise might not exist, to achieve precisely aimed and timed lightning strikes. Even if power levels achieved were insufficient to be an effective strike weapon, the potential for psychological operations in many situations could be fantastic.

One major advantage of using simulated weather to achieve a desired effect is that unlike other approaches, it makes what are otherwise the results of deliberate actions appear to be the consequences of natural weather phenomena. In addition, it is potentially relatively inexpensive to do. According to J. Storrs Hall, a scientist at Rutgers University conducting research on nanotechnology, production costs of these nanoparticles could be about the same price per pound as potatoes.52 This of course discounts research and development costs, which will be primarily borne by the private sector and be considered a sunk cost by 2025 and probably earlier.

Concept of Operations Summary

Weather affects everything we do, and weather-modification can enhance our ability to dominate the aerospace environment. It gives the commander tools to shape the battlespace. It gives the logistician tools to optimize the process. It gives the warriors in the cockpit an operating environment literally crafted to their needs. Some of the potential capabilities a weather-modification system could provide to a war-fighting CINC are summarized in table 1, of the executive summary).

Chapter 5

Investigation Recommendations

How Do We Get There From Here?

To fully appreciate the development of the specific operational capabilities weather-modification could deliver to the war fighter, we must examine and understand their relationship to associated core competencies and the development of their requisite technologies. Figure 5-1 combines the specific operational capabilities of Table 1 into six core capabilities and depicts their relative importance over time. For example, fog and cloud modification are currently important and will remain so for some time to come to conceal our assets from surveillance or improve landing visibility at airfields. However, as surveillance assets become less optically dependent and aircraft achieve a truly global all-weather landing capability, fog and cloud modification applications become less important.

In contrast, artificial weather technologies do not currently exist. But as they are developed, the importance of their potential applications rises rapidly. For example, the anticipated proliferation of surveillance technologies in the future will make the ability to deny surveillance increasingly valuable. In such an environment, clouds made of smart particles such as described in chapter 4 could provide a premium capability.

Even today’s most technologically advanced militaries would usually prefer to fight in clear weather and blue skies. But as war-fighting technologies proliferate, the side with the technological advantage will prefer to fight in weather that gives them an edge. The US Army has already alluded to this approach in their concept of “owning the weather.”53 Accordingly, storm modification will become more valuable over time. The importance of precipitation modification is also likely to increase as usable water sources become more scarce in volatile parts of the world.

As more countries pursue, develop, and exploit increasing types and degrees of weather-modification technologies, we must be able to detect their efforts and counter their activities when necessary. As depicted, the technologies and capabilities associated with such a counter weather role will become increasingly important.

The importance of space weather-modification will grow with time. Its rise will be more rapid at first as the technologies it can best support or negate proliferate at their fastest rates. Later, as those technologies mature or become obsolete, the importance of space weather-modification will continue to rise but not as rapidly.

To achieve the core capabilities depicted in figure 5-1, the necessary technologies and systems might be developed according to the process depicted in figure 5-2. This figure illustrates the systems development timing and sequence necessary to realize a weather-modification capability for the battlespace by 2025. The horizontal axis represents time. The vertical axis indicates the degree to which a given technology will be applied toward weather-modification. As the primary users, the military will be the main developer for the technologies designated with an asterisk. The civil sector will be the main source for the remaining technologies.

Conclusions

The world’s finite resources and continued needs will drive the desire to protect people and property and more efficiently use our crop lands, forests, and range lands. The ability to modify the weather may be desirable both for economic and defense reasons. The global weather system has been described as a series of spheres or bubbles. Pushing down on one causes another to pop up.54 We need to know when another power “pushes” on a sphere in their region, and how that will affect either our own territory or areas of economic and political interest to the US.

Efforts are already under way to create more comprehensive weather models primarily to improve forecasts, but researchers are also trying to influence the results of these models by adding small amounts of energy at just the right time and space. These programs are extremely limited at the moment and are not yet validated, but there is great potential to improve them in the next 30 years.55

The lessons of history indicate a real weather-modification capability will eventually exist despite the risk. The drive exists. People have always wanted to control the weather and their desire will compel them to collectively and continuously pursue their goal. The motivation exists. The potential benefits and power are extremely lucrative and alluring for those who have the resources to develop it. This combination of drive, motivation, and resources will eventually produce the technology. History also teaches that we cannot afford to be without a weather-modification capability once the technology is developed and used by others. Even if we have no intention of using it, others will. To call upon the atomic weapon analogy again, we need to be able to deter or counter their capability with our own. Therefore, the weather and intelligence communities must keep abreast of the actions of others.

As the preceding chapters have shown, weather-modification is a force multiplier with tremendous power that could be exploited across the full spectrum of war-fighting environments. From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counter-space control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary. But, while offensive weather-modification efforts would certainly be undertaken by US forces with great caution and trepidation, it is clear that we cannot afford to allow an adversary to obtain an exclusive weather-modification capability.

Source

Project Cloverleaf – Chemtrails And Their Purpose

In my last post there was information about chemtrails and Project Cloverleaf. I had never heard that project before and here is the time line of the project:

project-cloverleaf
Image Source

This information is devoted to a short summary of the history, technology, and health effects of Project Cloverleaf, particularly in how it interfaces with multiplying the effects of HAARP technology.

Project Cloverleaf is a joint US-Canadian Military Operation involving distributing chemicals into the atmosphere above Canada and the United States.

Both US military refueling tankers and thousands of planes in private corporate aviation are used.

Military & civilian aspects of Project Cloverleaf are covert operations

The purpose is to seed into the atmosphere multiple weather/climate modification chemicals for purposes of proactive environmental warfare, originally motivated by a climate change concern and to introduce highly humanly toxic metallic salts and aerosol fibers that facilitate atmospheric operations of HAARP technology (which is involved in climate manipulation).

Piggybacking on this, the covert distribution framework of the toxic metals & chemicals has been used in other covert military/civilian operations like massive biological experiments on whole cities and countryside of people/ecologies – tests which are unauthorized & without consent or even public knowledge.

The purpose is nothing less than the actual physical transformation of the earth’s atmosphere in order to provide a platform for the latest chemical & electromagnetic technologies of warfare, communication, weather control, low-yield biological warfare, and control of populations through “non-lethal” chemical/electromagnetic means.

Project Cloverleaf is a global phenomenon

 This is its short, documented history:

PROJECT CLOVERLEAF TIMELINE
CORPORATE & MILITARY GLOBAL WARMING CONCERNS

TURNS INTO PROACTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL & BIOLOGICAL WARFARE

(Columbus Alive – December 6, 2001)

1987:

US environmental regulations limit all airborne particle concentrations less than 10 microns in diameter.
1994:

10 micron aluminum oxide called for in a patent issued to Hughes Aircraft Company.

Welsbach Seeding for Reduction of Global Warming’ refers to spreading highly reflective materials in the atmosphere to reflect enough incoming sunlight (1-2%) to slow rapidly-accelerating global warming.

The sky shield blueprint calls for dispensing microscopic particles of humanly toxic aluminum oxide and other reflective materials into the upper atmosphere. Computer simulations by Ken Caldeira at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory calculated that this would be enough to stop warming over 85 per cent of the planet, despite an anticipated doubling of carbon in the atmosphere within the next 50 years.

Lawrence Livermore priced the aerial spray program at US $1 billion dollars a year – a cheap fix to maintain massive private corporation petroleum profits in the face of Kyoto’s internationally agreed carbon cutbacks.

IPCC warned against unpredictable upsets of the atmosphere & angry populaces reacting to,

“the associated whitening of the visual appearance of the sky”.

Caldeira was so concerned he went public, warning deflecting sunlight would further cool stratosphere, concentrating icy clouds of ozone-gobbling CFCs that could destroy Earth’s solar radiation shield.

However, they ignored the global atmospheric risks & the ecological and human health concerns for the sake of maintaining a quick-fix on private oil profits. Aluminum in ‘Welsbach patent’ was intended to be put into the fuel of jet airliners. If it is added to the plane’s auxiliary fuel tanks, chemtrails will appear only at cruising altitudes after the flight crew switches to aux tanks.

Switching to main tanks for take-off and landing will leave no chemtrail clues close to the ground. According to a former engineer for Alcoa, aluminum oxide in the size ranges called for would polish jet turbine blades without harming them, & would form brilliant white plumes in skies.

The engineer warned that metallic particles intended to remain aloft for a year could settle quickly to the ground and become toxic.

August 1994:

Presence of human blood cells on artificial filaments identified by hospital lab tech. Human cells were in gel-material splattered on Oakville, WA.

June 17 1996, to Aug. 1996:

Pentagon paper presented and published: “Weather as a Force Multiplier – Owning the Weather in 2025, A Research Paper Presented To Air Force 2025.”

Quoting:

“According to Gen Gordon Sullivan, former Army chief of staff, ‘As we leap technology into the 21st century, we will be able to see the enemy day or night, in any weather- and go after him relentlessly.’ A global, precise, real-time, robust, systematic weather-modification capability would provide war-fighting CINCs w/ a powerful force multiplier to achieve military objectives.

Since weather will be common to all possible futures, weather-modification capability would be universally applicable and have utility across the entire spectrum of conflict. Capability of influencing the weather even on small scale could change it from force degrader to force multiplier.”

Recipe for creating “cirrus shields” was outlined, & it explained how “weather force specialists” were dispersing chemicals behind high-flying tanker aircraft in a process the air force calls “aerial obscuration”.

Early 1998:

“Months of ‘spraying’” by photo-identified US Air Force tanker planes over Espanola, Ontario, Canada. Former Ontario Provincial Police Officer and Supreme Court expert witness Ted Simola reported lingering Xs and numerous white trails, some of which “just ended” as if they had been shut off but remained in the sky.

Spring 1998:

Extremely high levels of aluminum powder in rainwater falling through thick sky plumes over Espanola, Ontario. Espanola lab tests conducted after residents began complaining to environment ministry of severe headaches, chronic joint pain, dizziness, sudden extreme fatigue, acute asthma attacks and feverless “flu-like” symptoms in a 50-square-mile area coinciding with “months of ‘spraying’” by photo-identified USAF tanker planes.

Disease-causing agents in chemtrails tested from rainwater samples by independent lab through Ontario Ministry of Environment: finds aluminum at 7x government safe levels. High enough, said lab, ‘to kill fish’.

Summer 1999:

Fine aluminum particles found in laboratory tests of chemtrail-contaminated rain taken in Espanola, Ontario.

The aluminum found in chemtrails over Ontario matches the 10 micron aluminum oxide called for in the 1994 patent. On the other side of the world, in Naples, Italy, the US Navy’s Kitty Chastain sat on her hotel balcony and watched aerial grids being laid all day just offshore over the Bay of Naples.

“People were coughing all over Naples,” she wrote.

On the bus ride in from the base, Chastain explained chemtrails to many sailors with hacking coughs.

Oct. 12, 1999:

Paris correspondent reported,

“…heavy activity from all directions, X upon X. The pilots here seem to like to play chicken; they fly right at each other and then one will swerve, their trails forming pitchforks and Xs.”

No contrails were being left by “normal planes” in the same skies. But the next day, planes flying over Paris ‘from all directions’ obscured sky.

Nov. 1999:

NDP Defense critic Gordon Earle presented a petition signed by 550 Espanola residents to Parliament in November, 1999 demanding the end of aerial spraying by commercial or military aircraft, foreign or domestic. They are ignored.

2000 to present:

Beginnings of reports of unusual white plumes in Canada & U.S. noticed by Air Canada pilots, police officers, ex-military personnel.

April 27, 2000:

American tourist in Spain, John Hendricks, dashed off quick email from El Café de Internet: “Were we surprised to see that the chemtrails are as bad here as they are anywhere, both in Mallorca and in Barcelona.”

May 2000:

‘Project Cloverleaf’ name revealed as the covert commercial airline aspect of the chemtrail spraying. An anonymous United States commercial aviation mechanic and airline corporate executive separately admit that commercial planes were rigged with special equipment to distribute unknown chemicals into the air, using thousands of commercial planes in the United States.

The chemicals are discharged through disguised, hollowed-out static wicks on the planes’ wings. Chemical solution tanks are covertly hidden on the planes. Covert operation is administered by the tiny number of outsourced private personnel who empty whole airports’ multiple airline lavatory tanks – while they fill up the chem-tanks at the same time – the cover for Project Cloverleaf.

Airline executives are told by unidentified government agents that if they tell public that they are spraying the atmosphere with illegal unmonitored compounds, they could be imprisoned. Project Cloverleaf documents are kept in locked safes at the companies involved.

All commercial airliners in the United States have accepted payment from federal government to conduct aerial spraying as early as 1998. Mechanic was threatened with firing, he was framed, & his internet usage was monitored after he analyzed several rigged chem-planes.

June 2000:

By mid 2000, unprecedented aerial spray campaign over 13 allied nations, causing serious illness/fatalities; changing clouds & weather.

December 2000:

Canadian aviation authority Terry Stewart investigated a Victoria caller’s complaint of intensive chemtrails over British Columbia capitol.

In taped phone message (later played to 15 million radio listeners), the environmental manager for the Victoria Int’l Airport checked with control tower, reporting:

“It’s a military exercise, U.S. and Canadian air force exercise, that’s going on. They wouldn’t give me any specifics on it.”

Aircraft making lingering X’s & grids over Vancouver Island, Canada, photo-identified as US Air Force KC-135 & KC-10 aerial refueling tankers.

US Air Force counts 650 four-engine KC-135 Stratotankers & 50 KC-10 Extenders in its active inventory. Canada without armadas of tankers. Acute upper respiratory & gastrointestinal illness, fatigue, headaches, joint pain, dizziness

March 12, 2001:

Multi-plane chem-missions verified in March, 2001 by FAA Air Traffic Control (ATC) manager for northeastern seaboard of United States. Confirms an ongoing East Coast ‘Military Operation.’

Similar military activities ongoing in other regions, he added. On his ‘scopes he could track the tankers flying north into Canadian airspace. In interview with freelance radio reporter S. T. Brendt, ATC Control manager said he’s told on as many as 4 occasions in March, 2001 to re-route commercial air traffic around military craft in classified aerial operation in the northeastern seaboard… repeatedly conducted at altitudes between 37,000-40,000 ft.

While air traffic controllers normally ignore air traffic above 10,000 feet, he said he was ordered to divert incoming European air traffic away from the military planes.

When asked why, he said,

“I was told there was a military exercise in the area. Of course, they wouldn’t give me any of the particulars.”

Were the tankers involved in weather modification?

“That approximates what I was told.”

3rd interview, question rephrased:

“Were tankers observed on ATC radars involved in climate modification?”

He confirmed this is what he was told was the object of the missions. USAF tankers spray a substance that showed up on ATC radars as a ‘haze’.

More interviews led to statements that ATC Controllers at Chicago’s O’Hare airport, all 3 major airports in New York, Los Angeles LAX, San Francisco, Atlanta, Cleveland, San Diego, Washington DC’s Dulles and Jacksonville, Florida were being ordered to route airliners beneath formations of Air Force tanker planes spraying something that regularly clouds all their screens.

Every controller, without exception, is being told to divert traffic due to military exercises.

“One of them said, ‘Aluminum or barium’ that’s not something you want to be breathing.”

ATC told aerial operations involve ‘climate experiments’.

June 17, 2001:

After photographing massive plumes over Gibsons, Ontario, Canada, Suzanne Smart checked with aviation authorities and found that no airline flight plans had been filed for that airspace at that time.

Official weather data showed that when her photos of multiple white plumes were taken, the 30 per cent humidity at 30,000 & 35,000 feet was less than half that needed for contrails to form. According to the National Center for Atmospheric Research in Boulder, Colorado, the only way to form artificial clouds in warm dry air is to introduce enough particulates into the atmosphere to attract and accrete all available moisture into visible vapor.

If repeated often enough, the resulting rainless haze can lead to drought.

Summer 2001:

Chemtrail pictures sent to newspapers by Associated Press.

Oct. 2001:

United States House of Representatives bill HR2977 introduced by Ohio Rep. Dennis Kucinich. It called for the peaceful uses of space, and a ban on ‘exotic weapons’.

Section 7 of the ‘Space Preservation Act of 2001sought specifically to prohibit ‘chemtrails’ by name.

Kucinich recently told the Columbus Alive newspaper (Jan. 24, 2002) that despite official denials, as head of the Armed Services oversight committee he is well acquainted with chemtrail projects.

“The truth is there’s an entire program in the Dept. of Defense – ‘Vision for 2020’ – that’s developing these weapons,” Kucinich told reporter Bob Fitrakis.

The U.S. Space Command’s 2020 vision calls for ‘dominance of space, land, sea and air’. Though “section vii” naming chemtrails, HAARP & other planet-threatening weapons were removed in a substitute bill, the removal was under pressure, according to Kucinich…

December 6, 2001:

A scientist working at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base recently told reporter Bob Fitrakis that two different projects are being conducted.

One involves cloud creation experiments to lessen the effect of global warming. Other chemtrails connected with the military’s extremely high-power Radio Frequency beam weapon in Alaska called HAARP.

The scientist claims that the two most common substances being sprayed into chemtrails are:

  • aluminum oxide

  • barium stearate

When you see planes flying back and forth marking parallel lines, X-patterns and grids in a clear sky, that’s aluminum oxide, according to the scientist.

Barium may be sprayed in a similar manner for the purpose of high-tech 3-D radar imaging.

Sprayings have only expanded since then. Complaints met with complete official denials and grandstanding.

Whole cities repeatedly buzzed/sickened.

Source

Chemtrails – An Airline Mechanic’s Statement

Interesting testimonies… but still no answear to what chemtrails are:

An Anonymous Email From An Airline Mechanic

For reasons you will understand as you read this I can not divulge my identity.

I am an aircraft mechanic for a major airline. I work at one of our maintenance bases located at a large airport. I have discovered some information that I think you will find important.

First, I should tell you something about the “pecking order” among mechanics. It is important to my story and to the cause to which you have dedicated yourself.

Mechanics want to work on three things. The avionics, the engines, or the flight controls. The mechanics that work on these systems are considered at the top of the “pecking order”.

Next come the mechanics that work on the hydraulics and air conditioning systems. Then come the ones who work on the galley and other non-essential systems. But at the very bottom of the list are the mechanics that work on the waste disposal systems.

No mechanic wants to work on the pumps, tanks, and pipes that are used to store the waste from the lavatories. But at every airport where I have worked there are always 2 or 3 mechanics that volunteer to work on the lavatory systems.

The other mechanics are happy to let them do it. Because of this you will have only 2 or 3 mechanics that work on these systems at any one airport. No one pays much attention to these guys and no mechanic socializes with another mechanic who only works on the waste systems.

Fact is, I had never even thought much about this situation until last month. Like most airlines we have reciprocal agreements with the other airlines that fly into this airport. If they have a problem with a plane one of our mechanics will take care of it.

Likewise, if one of our planes has a problem at an airport where the other airline has a maintenance base, they will fix our plane.

One day last month I was called out from our base to work on a plane for another airline. When I got the call the dispatcher did not know what the problem was. When I got to the plane I found out that the problem was in waste disposal system. There was nothing for me to do but to crawl in and fix the problem.

When I got into the bay I realized that something was not right. There were more tanks, pumps, and pipes then should have been there. At first I assumed that the waste disposal system had been changed. It had been about 10 years since I had worked on this particular model of aircraft.

As I tried to find the problem I quickly realized the extra piping and tanks were not connected to the waste disposal system, at all. I had just discovered this when another mechanic from my company showed up. It was one of the mechanics who usually works on this particular type of plane, and I happily turned the job over to him.

As I was leaving I asked him about the extra equipment.

told me to, “worry about my end of the plane and let him worry about his end!”

The next day I was on the company computer to look up a wiring schematic.

While I was there I decided to look up the extra equipment I had found. To my amazement the manuals did not show any of the extra equipment I had seen with my own eyes the day before. I even tied in to the manufacturer files and still found nothing. Now I was really determined to find out what that equipment did.

The next week we had three of our planes in our main hanger for periodic inspection. There are mechanics crawling all over a plane during these inspections. I had just finished my shift and I decided to have a look at the waste system on one of our planes. With all the mechanics around I figured that no one would notice an extra one on the plane.

Sure enough, the plane I choose had the extra equipment! I began to trace the system of pipes, pumps, and tanks. I found what appeared to be the control unit for the system. It was a standard looking avionics control box but it had no markings of any kind.

I could trace the control wires from the box to the pumps and valves but there were no control circuits coming into the unit. The only wires coming into the unit was a power connection to the aircraft’s main power bus.

The system had 1 large tank and 2 smaller tanks. It was hard to tell in the cramped compartment, but it looked like the large tank could hold about 50 gallons. The tanks were connected to a fill and drain valve that passed through the fuselage just behind the drain valve for the waste system.

When I had a chance to look for this connection under the plane I found it cunningly hidden behind a panel under the panel used to access the waste drain.

I began to trace the piping from the pumps. These pipes lead to a network of small pipes that ended in the trailing edges of the wings and horizontal stabilizers.

If you look closely at the wings of a large airplane you will see a set of wires, about the size of your finger, extending from the trailing edge of the wing surfaces. These are the static discharge wicks. They are used to dissipate the static electric charge that builds up on a plane in flight.

I discovered that the pipes from this mystery system lead to every 1 out of 3 of these static discharge wicks. These wicks had been “hollowed out” to allow whatever flows through these pipes to be discharged through the fake wicks.

It was while I was on the wing that one of the managers spotted me. He ordered me out of the hanger telling me that my shift was over and I had not been authorized any overtime.

The next couple of days were very busy and I had no time to continue my investigation. Late one afternoon, two days after my discovery, I was called to replace an engine temperature sensor on a plane due to take off in two hours. I finished the job and turned in the paperwork.

About 30 minutes later I was paged to see the General Manager. When I went in his office I found that our union rep and two others who I did not know were waiting on me. He told me that a serious problem had been discovered. He said that I was being written up and suspended for turning in false paperwork.

He handed me a disciplinary form stating that I had turned in false paperwork on the engine temperature sensor I had installed a few hours before. I was floored and began to protest. I told them that this was ridiculous and that I had done this work.

The union rep spoke up at this point and recommended that we take a look at the plane to see if we could straighten it all out. I then asked who the other two men were. The GM told me that they were airline safety inspectors but would not give me their names.

We proceeded to the plane, which should have been in the air but was parked on our maintenance ramp. We opened the engine cowling and the union rep pulled the sensor. He checked the serial number and told everyone that it was the old instrument. We then went to the parts bay and went back into the racks.

The union rep checked my report and pulled from the rack a sealed box. He opened the box and pulled out the engine temperature sensor with the serial number of the one I had installed. I was told that I was suspended for a week without pay and to leave immediately.

I sat at home the first day of my suspension wondering what the hell had happened to me. That evening I received a phone call.

The voice told me, “Now you know what happens to mechanics who poke around in things they shouldn’t. The next time you start working on systems that are no concern of yours you will lose your job! As it is, I’m feeling generous, I believe that you’ll be able to go back to work soon.”

CLICK…

Again, I had to pick myself from off the floor. As my mind raced, it was at this moment that I made the connection that what had happened to me must have been directly connected to my tracing the “mysterious” piping.

The next morning the General Manager called me. He said that due to my past excellent employment record that the suspension had been reduced to one day and that I should report back to work immediately.

The only thing I could think of was, “what are they trying to hide” and “who are ‘THEY'”!

That day at work went by as if nothing had happened.

None of the other mechanics mentioned the suspension and my union rep told me not to talk about it. That night I logged onto the Internet to try to find some answers.

I don’t remember now how I got there but I came across a site that talked about chemically-laced contrails. That’s when it all came together. But the next morning at work I found a note inside my locked locker.

It said, “Curiosity killed the cat. Don’t be looking at Internet sites that are no concern of yours.”

Well that’s it. Now I know ‘THEY’ are watching me.

While I don’t know what THEY are spraying, I can tell you how they are doing it. I figure they are using the “honey trucks”. These are the trucks that empty the waste from the lavatory waste tanks.

The airports usually contract out this job and nobody goes near these trucks. Who wants to stand next a truck full of sh–. While these guys are emptying the waste tanks, it makes sense that they could easily be filling the tanks of the spray system.

They know the planes flight path so they probably program the control unit to start spraying some amount of time after the plane reaches a certain altitude. The spray nozzles in the fake static wicks are so small that no one in the plane would see a thing.

God help us all.

— A concerned citizen

 

AN AIRLINE MANAGER’S STATEMENT

Posted by C.E. Carnicom on behalf of the author

May 22, 2000

from Carnicom Website recovered through WayBackMachine Website

Mr. Carnicom:

I read the email you received from the anonymous mechanic and felt compelled to respond to it.

I, too, work for an airline, though I work in upper management levels. I will not say which airline, what city I am located, nor what office I work for, for obvious reasons. I wish I could document everything I am about to relate to you, but to do so is next to impossible and would result in possible physical harm to me.

The email from the anonymous mechanic rings true. Airline companies in America have been participating in something called Project Cloverleaf for a few years now. The earliest date anyone remembers being briefed on it is 1998. I was briefed on it in 1999.

The few airline employees who were briefed on Project Cloverleaf were all made to undergo background checks, and before we were briefed on it we were made to sign non-disclosure agreements, which basically state that if we tell anyone what we know we could be imprisoned.

About twenty employees in our office were briefed along with my by two officials from some government agency. They didn’t tell us which one.

They told us that the government was going to pay our airline, along with others, to release special chemicals from commercial aircraft.

When asked what the chemicals were and why we were going to spray them, they told us that information was given on a need-to-know basis and we weren’t cleared for it. They then went on to state that the chemicals were harmless, but the program was of such importance that it needed to be done at all costs.

When we asked them why didn’t they just rig military aircraft to spray these chemicals, they stated that there weren’t enough military aircraft available to release chemicals on such a large basis as needs to be done.

That’s why Project Cloverleaf was initiated, to allow commercial airlines to assist in releasing these chemicals into the atmosphere.

Then someone asked why all the secrecy was needed. The government reps then stated that if the general public knew that the aircraft they were flying on were releasing chemicals into the air, environmentalist groups would raise hell and demand the spraying stop.

Someone asked one of the G-men then if the chemicals are harmless, why not tell the public what the chemicals are and why we are spraying them?

He seemed perturbed at this question and told us in a tone of authority that the public doesn’t need to know what’s going on, but that this program is in their best interests. He also stated that we should not tell anyone, nor ask any more questions about it. With that, the briefing was over.

All documents in our office pertaining to Project Cloverleaf are kept in locked safes. Nobody is allowed to take these documents out of the office. Very few employees are allowed access to these documents, and they remain tight-lipped about what the documents say.

Mr. Carnicom, I am no fool. I know there’s something going on. And frankly, I am scared.

I feel a high level of guilt that I have been aware of this kind of operation but unable to tell anyone. It’s been eating away at me, knowing that the company I work for may be poisoning the American people. I hope this letter will open some eyes to what’s happening.

Again, I wish I could give you documented information, but you have to understand why I must remain totally anonymous.

Thank you

CLOVERLEAF

Source

Introductory Overview of Chemtrails

This chemtrail agenda have been bothering me many yers now and it’s not contrails, that’s for sure. But what is the main goal? Here is some ideas:

 Introductory Overview of Chemtrails (written May 1999) By Ken Adachi

For over a year, the military has been spraying the skies throughout America, Canada, and now parts of Europe (including Britain, France, and the Netherlands) with substances that were initially referred to as “mystery contrails” , but later were named “chemtrails” by investigative reporter and author William Thomas.  When questioned, military and government officials either deny any knowledge of these sprayings outright or they offer unbelievable  and ludicrous explanations that only a moron could believe. Joe Burton has been aggressively investigating and reporting on this story from early on. Apparently he had been too aggressive, because his house had been targeted for direct spraying by low flying, unmarked aircraft.  In a story posted  Feb. 15, 1999, Joe reports the physical symptoms that his family and his pet have been experiencing from the sprayings. Joe believes that many of these military tankers responsible for the sprayings are remote controlled aircraft, but Al Cuppet (6 years with the US Joint Chiefs of Staff) has told radio talk show host  Jeff Rense during interviews on June 1, 1999, May 16, 1999, and May 7, 1999 felt that many of these tanker planes were more likely being flown by foreign pilots, possibly Chinese or Russian.

 

Some Background:

Symptoms from Chemtrail sprayings

A One, Two Punch?


On February 20, 1999, strange “Contrails”  were reported over Long Island, NY by  ‘concerned citizens’ who also took photos. These photos reveal the characteristic “X” mark seen in almost all cases of chemtrails. Earlier this year, reports by Ken Welch have been posted on various sites on the Internet. His reports are titled Contrail Spraying of Cities is Real  Part 1 , Part II, and Part III  These articles chronicle Ken’s apprehension and dismay at the discovery that the United States government was brazenly spraying the skies of southern Texas on April 9, 1999 with Chemtrails. Ken has also posted E-mails at his web site that were sent to him in May ’99 of  reports of  sprayings over South Carolina  and Indiana . In June, a report from Florida said that sprayings had been going on for weeks over the Ft Lauderdale and  Jacksonville areas, including military bases.

It is being reported that people with average or below average immunity are experiencing pneumonia-like respiratory symptoms, while people with stronger immunity are only experiencing slight discomfort for a day or two or no symptoms at all. Some people have gotten very ill and the symptoms seem to keep returning after a short period of improvement. It’s possible that some of these sprayings might contain special bioengineered pathogens designed to affect only certain racial groups.

Radio talk show host Jeff Rense has offered the idea that these sprayed pathogens might be part of a Binary weapon system. In other words, a second  substance might be required (aerial spraying or substances added to the water supply  for example) to bring out the virulent phase of the pathogen, but of course this is only speculation. Rick Malinowski’s long and detailed article also suggest the notion of a 2 or 3 part piggy back element to the chemtrail sprayings. My own suspicions are that these sprayings are intended for multiple purposes including low level population reduction (see NWO Population Control), mind control and/or tracking, and to foster weakness and apathy among the general population in anticipation of the New World Order takeover agenda which will likely include the imposition of martial law (a sickly population is a lot more controllable and compliant than a healthy, vigorous one).

 

William Thomas

William Thomas was the first reporter to attract national attention to the chemtrails issue. He has been interviewed many times on the Art Bell Radio show to discuss the chemtrails story and has many excellent articles and Photos posted at his own web site as well as other locations including-Jeff Rense’s Sightings on the Radio . Thomas has concluded that these sprayings are genocidal in nature and are intended to reduce or weaken the general population. In a November ’99 interview with Art Bell, Thomas also voiced the idea that there might be a mind control element to the most recent spraying, since many people are reporting mental confusion and depression following recent sprayings. Thomas has reminded radio listeners that the government has had a long history of exposing the public to biological pathogens without their knowledge or consent.
Thomas has also reported that spraying samples have been analyzed and have revealed that  many deadly and toxic pathogens have been found including Mycoplasma Fermetens Incognitus (the SAME  bioengineered pathogen that  Dr Garth Nicholson  had discovered in about 45% of the veterans who came down with Gulf War Illness). Thomas found that Mycoplasma, however, was only ONE pathogen among a group of highly toxic biohazard substances analyzed from the chemtrail residues.
Why?
The evidence is obvious and plentiful that these sprayings have been taking place almost daily since the Fall of ’98 and many people have gotten sick and undoubtedly some have died from the effects of these pathogen/toxin sprayings, but the $64 question is WHY ?
 
Some writers have wistfully speculated that the government is trying to vaccinate us against a coming plague of bio terrorist origin. Most people would like to believe that, but the evidence is too strong in the opposite direction. Of course, sprayings might have different intentions for different sectors of the  population: Possible population reduction for the weak and immune compromised; possible vaccine protection intended for certain ethnic groups; and possible ID tracking. It’s hard to say. Only insiders know the real story, or more probably know some parts of the Real Story.
What most Americans don’t realize is that the upper echelons of the United States government is no longer a government “of , by, and for ” the people (See the New World Order). The United States government-as with all other major governments of the world-is under the total domination and control of the Illuminati (architects of the so-called New World Order). The Illuminati’s  plan to reduce the global population by 4 billion people before the year 2050 was laid out in the Global 2000 report assembled by the Carter administration. in the late 70’s.
It should be obvious-that in order to REDUCE the world’s population from its present size of six billion down to 2 billion (even over a fifty year span) would require that the majority of people now living would have to be exterminated in some way.  The amazing thing about the Illuminati is that they place all their ghastly plans right out in the open for everyone to see, if people would only look and read what they are saying.

Debunkers

A genocidal operation of this size and scope would require the Illuminati controllers to promote contravening propaganda in the opposite direction in order to limit or defuse political agitation, possible retaliatory action, and to quell the concerns of  the average American who might stumble upon the chemtrail story. It’s Standard Operating Procedure for the Illuminati. For example, when Senate committee hearings took place a few years ago (early ’90’s) on re-examining  the Kennedy assassination, just coincidentally an author (and CIA asset) by the name of Gerald Posner, who had recently published a book titled “Case Closed”,  suddenly appears on the national scene. In his book,  Posner claimed unequivocally that Oswald was the lone assassin, that there was no conspiracy involving others, and that the Warren Commission was correct in its original findings. Reviews of his opinions and that of his book received front page coverage throughout mainstream media.  Frontline produced a 2 hour “documentary” on Posner’s claims which failed to offer opposing views by other Kennedy assassination investigators/authors to refute or take issue with Posner’s position.

In 1997, on the 50 year anniversary of the Roswell, New Mexico UFO Crash of 1947, the  government offered up a high ranking Air Force officer to make an utter fool of himself on national TV (CNN) by stating that the so called “bodies” of aliens beings-which were recovered from the Roswell crash-were “in fact”  really only test dummies that the Air Force had sent aloft to see how they would fare under crash conditions. This orchestrated and staged press conference had already stated that the dummies were deployed in 1954. When one reporter asked this Air Force officer what the connection was between a 1954 test of crash dummies and the 1947 Roswell UFO crash, the stunned officer could only mumble that apparently “time compression” had “taken place”. It was a Golden Moment for those of us who rail against the unending stream of lies and unmitigated deception fostered upon the American public by the (corportate/Illuminati controlled) mainstream media and government spokesmen.

[Update January 2002]
The party line from chemtrail debunkers has changed over the past 3 years. Early on, chemtrail disinformation artists wanted the public to think that chemtrails were really just ordinary contrails that were persisting longer than usual due to changing atmospheric conditions and similar tripe. Later, when the persistent contrail theme had worn too thin, debukers needed to create some sort of logical excuse for chemtrails, so they began to peddle the aerial immunization against ‘terrorists’ biologicals or solar wind “protection” gambit.

Lately, the current unofficial party line seems to be
1. protection of the ozone layer,
2. secret military radar blanketing technology,
3. aerosol ‘vaccinations’ of some sort and
4. some vague reference to ‘protection from aliens’ (??? you got me).

Debunkers will usually offer themselves as experts or authorities on chemtrails and will always give you a 80-90% dose of real info layered in with their hidden propaganda message. Another trait I’ve noticed from debunkers is the the sheer volume of their presentation coupled with a lot of technical jargon, scientific looking graphs and pictures to bolster the image of  scientific validity and depth of investigation. But if you read their ‘reports’ carefully enough, you can spot the party line-loud and clear. Lastly, debunkers will always yell “fraud” the loudest for those articles and authors who hit closest to home where truth is concerned. A good place to start honing your discernment skills is with the highly circulated and often referenced “Chemtrails Report”. It is a text book example of the current state of the art in disinformaiton.

Do not assume that you are helpless to do anything

I’ve photographed chemtrails in my area on many occasions and I’ve been breathing the fallout from these sprayings right along with everyone else, but I haven’t come down with any symptoms or discomfort yet. If you build up (or possess) your immunity to a high enough level, you can resist most any pathogen. There are numerous ways in which people can improve their self defense by learning how to boost immunity.

What to do

Prepare by building up your immune system. A sufficiently strengthened immune system can withstand a far greater biological assault than the designers of these highly virulent “killer microbes” would have the world believe. It’s important to remember that ANY lethal biological organism, whether it be a virus, bacteria, fungus, or parasite, has to replicate itself in your body in order to harm you. This includes those weapons grade ‘super killer microbes’ that Russia, the United States., Israel, Iraq, China, and other countries have developed. The conventional orthodox method to acquire protection against a deadly organism is to administer a vaccine that is specifically tailored with inactivated microbes of the killer bug or fragments of its protein shell. The body produces antibodies against this specific antigen and provides immunity in the event of exposure. Undoubtedly, the designers of these killer bugs and members of the elite who are “inside the loop” have already been vaccinated for their protection. BUT, there are other ways to acquire protection, that the rest of us can utilize.

As stated elsewhere on this site, a sufficiently strengthened immune system can withstand practically any biological assault. I’ve put together a page called Immunity Boosting which will outline a number of steps you can take to boost your immunity. At the very least, take colloidal silver on a regular basis. Even if you did nothing else to improve your immunity (and you should), colloidal silver will substantially increase your germ fighting capabilities since no bug, even a bioengineered one, can develop a resistance to its germicidal action.

Web sites with in-depth coverage of Chemtrails (posted November 1999)

One of the most articulate, succint and cogent report assembledto date on the chemtrails story comes from Rick Malinowski. Take the time to read his excellent reportage carefully and thoroughly. His story is avialable on the web at: (old url deleted)
http://home.earthlink.net/~wolfmind/ (*Rick’s new web site as of 2/27/00)

Other informative and interesting web sites include:
1) http://strangehaze.freeservers.com/index.html
2) http://www.contrailconnection.com/
3) http://www.islandnet.com/~wilco
4) Cliff Carnicom (http://www.carnicom.com/contrails.htm)

Good site for chemtrail infomation, but overly cautious and worried about upsetting The Powers That Be to call a spade a spade. Informative all the same with many good photos.

© Copyright 1998-2007 Educate-Yourself.org  All Rights Reserved.

Source

Chemtrail Flu – Have You Got It Yet?

I have been studying this phenomena for a while now and photographed these “chemtrails” in the sky. And yes when you see these you can be sure, that in the next days or weeks you got flu. This is sickening and the Truth mus come out:


You’re sick. Your nose is stuffy. Your body aches.

You’re sweaty, coughing, sneezing and you don’t have enough energy to get out of bed. It’s not the flu. It’s a conspiracy, according to Dr. Len Horowitz. His opinion is not based on conspiracy theory but on conspiracy fact.

Over the past 10 years, Horowitz has become America’s most controversial medical authority. A university-trained medical researcher, Horowitz, 48, charges that elements of the United States government are conspiring with major pharmaceutical companies to make large segments of the population sick.

The mainstream media is reporting that hospital emergency rooms are jammed with patients suffering from a bizarre upper respiratory infection that doesn’t quite seem like a virus.

They are reporting that it’s a “mystery” flu and that the flu vaccines are ineffective against it.

“That’s all hogwash, bogus nonsense”, says Dr. Leonard Horowitz.

“The fact of the matter is, we have seen this type of an epidemic since the end of 1998 and the beginning of 1999. People have been hacking and coughing with this bizarre illness that does not seem to follow any logical viral or bacterial onset and transition period.

If it was a really bacterial or a viral infection, it would have caused a fever but it didn’t It lasts for weeks, if not months. Sinus congestion, sinus drainage, cough, fatigue, general malaise. People have been feeling ‘off’.

The Armed Forces Research Institute of Pathology has registered a patent for the pathogenic micoplasma that is causing the epidemic. You can see the patent report in the book, Healing Codes for the Biblical Apocalypse.

Micoplasma is not really a fungus, it’s not really a bacteria, it’s not really a virus. It has no cell wall. It goes deep into the cell nuclei thereby making it very difficult to mount an immune response against it. It’s a man-made biological weapon.

The patent report explains how it causes chronic upper respiratory infections that are virtually identical to what’s going on right now.”


CHEMTRAILS DESTROY YOUR IMMUNE FUNCTION

“I believe the chemtrails are responsible for a chemical intoxication of the public, which would then cause a general immune suppression, low grade to high grade, depending on exposure.

The immune dysfunction allows people to become susceptible to opportunistic infections, such as this micoplasma and other opportunistic infections”, says Dr. Horowitz.

“I first began to investigate chemtrails when some were sprayed over my home in Northern Idaho. I took pictures of them, and then contacted the Environmental Protection Agency of the state who were clueless and referred me to the Air Force.

They got me in touch with Centers for Disease Control Toxicology, and after about a week I received a letter from one of their chief toxicologists saying, indeed there was some amount of ethylene dibromide in the jet fuel.

Ethylene dibromide is a known human chemical carcinogen that was removed from unleaded gasoline because of its cancer-causing effects. Now suddenly it has appeared in the jet fuel that high-altitude military aircraft are emitting!”

Ethylene dibromide is coming out of the jet fuels that is causing immune suppression and weakening people’s immune system.

Then you’ve got a micoplasma microbe or a fungus that causes an upper respiratory illness. Suddenly you develop a secondary bacterial infection.

Now you get hit with ANTIBIOTICS, and the antibiotics cause your body chemistry to go acidic, so now you get rashes and other things, your liver gets full of toxins and comes out through your skin in rashes and they get hyperallergenic reactions associated with the other chemicals.

I’ve got colleagues in the Bahamas, Bermuda, Toronto, British Columbia all reporting the same bizarre seeding of the atmosphere. What is going on is just despicable.

All of a sudden now you’ve got human beings completely out of balance and infected by two, three or four microbial co-factors as well as intoxicated by a variety of different chemicals… and you’ve got somebody who’s going to be chronically ill.


THE BLACK BUDGET

“The Frank Church Congressional Hearings of 1975 exposed the Central Intelligence Agency biological weapons contracting firms – Litton Bionetics and the Army Corp of Engineers who were developing and utilizing various biological weapons on populations.

And this is all done under black operations, covert operations, where they get funding and congressional people are never informed really where this money is going. It’s the black budget”, says Horowitz.

“And in the contemporary warfare arena, where experts in biological chemical warfare convene and discuss the ways that are ideal to conduct warfare today, to really take an enemy out, you don’t want to kill the people.

You want to produce people who are chronically ill and become dependant on the state and totally sap the resources of the country. And then you can move in with your military-medical-industrial complex and your international medical-pharmaceutical cartel.

Then you sell these defeated countries all of the pharmaceuticals and chemicals that they need to maintain any semblance of healthy function.

They’re completely depleted. They can’t put together a military. You create a dependence and thereby you weaken the population, and weakened populations are easy to control.

So you’ve got population control, and you make vast fortunes doing it, versus just blowing up a nuclear weapon and devastating the infrastructure that you own.

You and your colleagues own that infrastructure. You want to get rid of the people. You don’t want to get rid of infrastructure”


WHO’S RESPONSIBLE?

“What I’m relating to you now is not speculation. If you were to read the top experts analysis of military warfare, including The Report From Iron Mountain – the Rockefeller family is one of the major players in this conspiracy.

They are one of the major players in world genocide, world population reduction. That’s no mystery anymore.

When you examine who owns the chemtrail fuel, who are the fuel company directors, suddenly you enter into the realm of the Rockefeller family and the royal families – Standard Oil and British Petroleum.

And what are their other agendas?

Suddenly now you see their documents, showing that they have funded, historically, eugenics, racial hygiene, genocide, depopulation, family planning, maternal and child health – where they make and deliver vaccines, and contaminated blood supplies.

These are the banksters, the same people who run the blood banking as well as the money banking industries”, says Dr. Horowitz.

“I reference a great book by Dr. John Coleman, who worked as a British Secret Service agent at the highest levels. And he articulated very clearly who was running those companies. It all goes back, ultimately, to the highest level of the royal family.

The Bush family, Rothschild family, the Rockefeller money, and the entire Rockefeller establishment is based on Rothschild money and royal families.

If you can’t explain it rationally or any other way, I think you’ve got to begin to consider conspiracy theories and eliminate the negative label that you’ve placed on conspiracy theories which have been demonized along with wholistic medicine.”



AMERICA’S FOURTH REICH

The ruling crime families are making vast fortunes off of humanity’s suffering.

The Rockefellers monopolized American medicine in the 1920s. They, along with I.G. Farben, Germany’s leading industrial organization, held the monopoly on the world’s chemical and pharmaceutical industries.

The Rockefellers and I.G. Farben worked together before World War II and during World War II. For all practical purposes, the Rockefellers and I.G. Farben were the Third Reich.

Who else is involved? The Merck Pharmaceutical Company. Their president, George W. Merck, was America’s biological weapons industry director during World War II. He was personally appointed by President Roosevelt and Secretary of War Stimson.

The Nazis planned for the New World Order. They even had a term for it – “neue Ordnung,” which means New Order, New World Order.

This today, this New World Order, is the rise of the Fourth Reich. This is precisely what they envisioned and then carried out on a global scale. The goal of the Fourth Reich is population control and genocide.

99.99 percent of Masons have no clue what they’re really up to at the highest levels. they give you increased knowledge at every higher degree of Freemasonry.

When you get beyond the 33rd degree, you get the highest indoctrination into what’s called the Ancient Arcana, the ancient sacred knowledge described in the book Healing Codes for the Biological Apocalypse. That’s where the devil-doers who are running this planet are nesting.

How does a person become that high in the Masonic organization? Through bloodlines.

You’ve got to be major royalty, major royalty, ideally a descendent or you’ve got to be somebody who is very close to the royalty, the major bloodlines.


WHO ARE THEY TARGETING?

Who are they targeting for genocide? If there’s an attempt underway to reduce the population of the planet, why isn’t it happening?

“Look at countries like those in Africa, Third World nations that have been heavily targeted with HIV/AIDS.

And consider that 73 percent of HIV/AIDS patients in America today are Black or Hispanic. Statistically, 55 percent of gay men in America are already dead. Are you seeing depopulation specifically targeting minority groups now? Of course. It’s happening right now.

They don’t want to totally eliminate populations completely, just certain populations. And isn’t it, from their perspective, wonderful? They’ve got a covert depopulation agenda that nobody’s picked up on yet. It’s ideally what they want to produce.

It’s not just about the money. I think there’s a Satanic or evil ideology, because Nixon himself said, referring to the Rockefellers, – it’s not about money for these people, it’s about power.”


THE MONOPOLY GAME

At the end of the Monopoly game, what do you do?

One person wins, they own all of the real estate, they own all of the assets, they’ve wiped all the other players out and the game is over. You can out the game away in your closet. But you don’t do that on planet earth.

The person who wins at the end of this World Monopoly Game gets to rearrange the board. And that’s precisely what we’ve seen in the last year. You’ve seen not the biggest fish eating the biggest fish in international commerce, you have seen the mega-whales eating the mega-whales in these mega-mergers.

All these little companies that are producing your vitamins are a subsidiary of a major conglomerate. Today a Warner Lambert or Glaxo Wellcom, all of these huge, huge corporations own all the little fish. They buy them out.

So, again, now the game board gets to be changed if they desire, and apparently that’s what they desire.

That’s their agenda, you can see it.

At the Denver Airport, there’s a capstone, in the main terminal building dedicated to the New World Airport Commission by the Freemasons. And there’s a big colorful mural – that is dedicated to the extinct human species.

And in the foreground, against the horrific backdrop of flames and destruction, there are three open coffins.

Videos:

 

 

Source

The Elite Chose “Alternative 3”

Here’s this TV program, which was banned and not shown in US, why? Maybe it told the Truth and it was forbidden. Here’s the video:

This is an old video from the late 1970’s (the 3rd and final in a series of 3 end game scenarios proposed by the NWO:

 

And here is one explanation about this video:

MISSION CONTROL: Can you see anything? Can you tell us what you see?
GRODIN: Oh boy, its really…really something super- fantastic here. You couldn’t ever imagine this…
MISSION CONTROL: O.K….could you take a look out over that flat area there? Do you see anything beyond?
GRODIN: There’s a kind of a ridge with a pretty spectacular…oh my God! What is that there? That’s all I want to know! What the hell is that?

(Apollo Astronaut “Bob Grodin” – Alternative 3 by Leslie Watkins, David Ambrose, and Christopher Miles)

 

20 June, 1977


On that Monday evening, the UK’s Anglia Television broadcast the last program in its Science Report series, a series of serious science documentaries that were produced by highly respected science reporters. The program was called Alternative 3, and it was simultaneously broadcast in the UK, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Iceland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Greece, and Yugoslavia. However, it was never telecast in the United States. Some say that the “powers that be” prevented it from being screened here.

The documentary focused on a number of amazing “facts”:

  • There is a secret joint U.S./U.S.S.R. space program that has gone far beyond what the public sees. Astronauts landed on Mars in 1962. It has been discovered that there is other intelligent life in the universe.
  • The earth is dying. We have polluted it beyond repair. The increasing “greenhouse effect” will cause the polar ice caps and glaciers to melt and flood the Earth.
  • Extreme heat, such as that which is now inevitable, will melt land glaciers. That will result in a marked rise in sea level and then there’ll be the start of the extensive flooding – with London and New York among the first cities to be affected.

There are three possible solutions for mankind:

Alternative 1 – Stop all pollution immediately and blow two huge holes in the ozone layer. This would allow excessive UV light to reach the earth and millions would die of skin cancer.
Alternative 2 – Immediately begin digging underground cities for the Elite (The “New World Order”?) – the lucky ones deemed worth saving – and let the teeming billions perish on the polluted surface.
Alternative 3 – Build spaceships and get the Elite off the planet – to the Moon and Mars. Kidnap and take along some “ordinary” people for use as slave labor. Use “mind control” techniques to control them. Leave the remainder of humanity to wallow in its own filth.

The disappearance in bizarre circumstances in the past two weeks of 20 people from small coastal communities in Oregon was being intensively investigated at the weekend amid reports of an imaginative fraud scheme involving a “flying saucer” and hints mass murder. Sheriff’s officers at Newport, Oregon, said that the 20 individuals had vanished without trace after being told to give away all their possessions, including their children, so that they could be transported in a flying saucer “by UFO to better life”. (Alternative 3)


The Elite chose “Alternative 3”


You may recall that during the 1970s and 1980s, there were news items about a British “Brain Drain.” It was said that the top scientists of Britain were being lured away to foreign countries by high salaries and lower taxes. Many of these, the television program intimated, were never heard from again. It was as if they had simply vanished off the face of the earth….

The television program hinted that these scientists were really being whisked away as part of ….. “Alternative 3.”

Not only were scientists leaving their homelands for higher pay in foreign countries, many of them were killing themselves or were dying under mysterious circumstances. I believe Omni magazine carried an item about this. Were these deaths really suicides? The TV documentary hinted that scientists who refused to cooperate with “Alternative 3” didn’t live long. They knew too much. Or…. were all of them really dead at all? Maybe some of those graves were empty…..

The phones at Anglia Television began ringing as soon as the program was over. In the context that it was presented, as the final installment of a non-fiction science documentary series, people became quite alarmed. Callers were told that the program was originally intended to be shown on April 1st, as an April Fool’s joke, but some glitch in the programming schedules had prevented it from being telecast until June. Anglia insisted that the program was a merely a hoax, and that all the people seen in the footage were actors portraying newsmen and scientists.

The newspapers of the next few days made a joke of the whole affair, comparing it to Orson Wells’ War of the Worlds broadcast in the 1930s.


The Book


That, however, was not to be the end of Alternative 3. By the next year, a book titled Alternative 3 by Leslie Watkins, David Ambrose, and Christopher Miles, appeared on the bookstore shelves. According to Watkins, Ambrose and Miles didn’t help write the book, but their names were included for copyright purposes because they had written the television program on which it was based.

The book was a greatly expanded version of the same story that was told by the television program, with many items that have become part of modern UFO conspiracy mythology thrown in. Things like censored communications between NASA Mission Control and the Apollo astronauts in which the astronauts are supposed to have seen aliens on the moon. The book version also elaborated on the themes of environmental problems and vanishing scientists.

William Cooper incorporated many of the Alternative 3 elements into his complicated conspiracy theories. See MJ-12 and the Secret Government.

Several readers have written to me about Alternative 3. Many are looking for videotapes of the original Anglia Television program. No video tape of the program has ever been released in the U.S., as far as I can determine. You can still obtain a copy of the film on videotape from Anglia Television, but it’s expensive, and they won’t convert from the European Standard to VHS format for you.

Other readers ask about the book. It’s difficult to locate a copy of the book in the U.S. these days. It was first printed in the UK by Sphere Books, which was later bought by Robert Maxwell, who died under mysterious circumstances after his company published one of the last editions of the book. The book has been through at least seven printings, but it is currently out of print in the U.S. Amazon.com doesn’t even list it, and they list a follow-up book – Mind Control and UfO’s : Casebook on Alternative 3 by Jim Keith – as being out of print as well.

 


Was the Anglia Television program fact or fiction?


Well, everyone involved with the Alternative 3 documentary admits that it was fiction, as Georginia Bruni explores in this column. She spoke to one of the film crew, located the names of the actors, and tried to trace the writers. She says that Christopher Miles, who also directed and co-wrote the documentary, is the brother of actress Sara Miles, but that she was unable to trace David Ambrose, the other writer.

There is, however, a British science fiction writer of that name, who may or may not be the same individual. The writer of the book, Leslie Watkins, was a writer of thrillers even before Alternative 3. The Fortean Times recently printed an article in which Nick Austin, then editorial director of Sphere Books, reveals how he commissioned Leslie Watkins to write the book version at the behest of literary agent Murray Pollinger.

The question remains, however, as to whether there was any fact behind that fiction.

In fact, the amazing mountains of letters from virtually all parts of the world – including vast numbers from highly intelligent people in positions of responsibility – convinced me that I had ACCIDENTALLY trespassed into a range of top-secret truths.
Documentary evidence provided by many of these correspondents decided me to write a serious and COMPLETELY NON-FICTION sequel. Unfortunately, a chest containing the bulk of the letters was among the items which were mysteriously LOST IN TRANSIT some four years when I moved from London, England, to Sydney, Australia, before I moved on to settle in New Zealand. For some time after Alternative 3 was originally published, I have reason to suppose that my home telephone was being tapped and my contacts who were experienced in such matters were convinced that certain intelligence agencies considered that I probably knew too much.

(Letter from Alternative 3 author Leslie Watkins to “MS Dittrich” of Windwords Bookstore)


 

Could there be fact behind Alternative 3?


There really was a “Brain Drain“, and there still is. Scientists are no different from anyone else; they’ll go wherever they can make more money and obtain support for their research. The main cause of Britain’s “Brain Drain” was their high income tax rate. I’ve never seen any evidence that people who left Britain for higher pay elsewhere “disappeared“.

I also recall reading in the late 1970s and early 1980s about a mysterious spate of suicides and untimely deaths among scientists, not just in Britain, but all over the world. I believe there was an item in Omni magazine about it. However, no conclusions were reached about any links between the deaths that I ever heard. The statistics may have been exaggerated at the time.

Alternative 3:
There is a secret joint U.S./U.S.S.R. space program that has gone far beyond what the public sees. Astronauts had already landed on Mars in 1962. It has been discovered that there is other intelligent life in the universe.


There may be many secrets contained within the U.S. space program, but the scenario that it is really so far beyond the public perception as to have landed on Mars 37 years ago seems highly unlikely. It also seems unlikely that the U.S and the U.S.S.R. would have cooperated to such a degree. More likely, they would have been trying to outrace each other, as was the public perception. As for NASA having knowledge of alien life, who can say?

Alternative 3:
The earth is dying. We have polluted it beyond repair.
Extreme heat, such as that which is now inevitable, will melt land glaciers. That will result in a marked rise in sea level and then there’ll be the start of the extensive flooding – with London and New York among the first cities to be affected.
(Alternative 3 by Leslie Watkins)


Well, destruction of the environment is surely a problem. In 1977, it seemed possible to many that we had damaged the environment beyond repair. We don’t hear as much about the ozone layer and the greenhouse effect today as we did then

 


The Alternatives

Alternative 1 – Stop all pollution immediately and blow two huge holes in the ozone layer. This would allow excessive UV light to reach the earth and millions would die of skin cancer.


It seems that there are already “two huge holes in the ozone layer” – at the poles, attributed to our use of CFCs. Is that really how they got there? Maybe this alternative was tried….

Alternative 2 – Immediately begin digging underground cities for the Elite (The New World Order?) and let the teeming millions perish on the polluted surface.


Some conspiracy theorists apparently think that this alternative is already reality. There are many sites on the Internet about “underground alien bases” and the like.

Alternative 3 – Build spaceships and get the elite off the planet – to the Moon and Mars. Take along some “ordinary” people for use as slave labor. Use “mind control” techniques to control them. Leave the remainder of humanity to wallow in its own filth.


It doesn’t seem likely that the space program is that far ahead of the public perception. It doesn’t seem possible that the technology was available for self-sufficient colonies on the Moon and Mars in 1977. Theoretically, it could be done today, though….

Alternative 3:
The disappearance in bizarre circumstances in the past two weeks of 20 people from small coastal communities in Oregon was being intensively investigated at the weekend amid reports of an imaginative fraud scheme involving a “flying saucer” and hints mass murder.
Sheriff’s officers at Newport, Oregon, said that the 20 individuals had vanished without trace after being told to give away all their possessions, including their children, so that they could be transported in a flying saucer “by UFO to better life”.


Sound like “Heaven’s Gate“?

Anyone want to be a lobotomized slave of the New World Order?

Alternative 3:
The names and personal details of tens of thousands of people scrutinized by the Special Branch for reasons of national security are to be fed into a new criminal intelligence computer bought by Scotland Yard and shrouded in mystery.


This would have been possible on a limited basis in 1977, but possible now on a grand scale …. What’s all this talk in the news lately about establishing DNA databases, not only of convicted criminals, but of all newborns?

Leslie Watkins, author of the book version of Alternative 3:
It would be a mistake to file “Alternative 3” away too cozily with Panorama’s spaghetti harvest and other hoaxes. Suppose it were fiendish double bluff inspired by the very agencies identified in the program and that the super-powers really are setting up an extra-terrestrial colony of outstanding human beings to safeguard the species?


It would also be a mistake to take this or any other conspiracy theory too seriously without some solid evidence….

Gosh, with the right actors, wouldn’t it make a good TV series, though…

Source

The Hutchison Effect

Always fascinating John Hutchison is an Canadian scientist who do some remarkable things in his lab.

Long before John Hutchison began his pioneering experiments into electromagnetism and alternative energy, travelers in the Bermuda Triangle had reported odd occurrences involving electromagnetism:

their ships or planes would be seized by a strange vapor, then all equipment would go haywire; unexplained fogs would sit over the ocean, yet in all cases the weather was not right for creating fogs, and there was certainly no reason for electromagnetic aberrations such as they reported.

These were, in due course, put down in the category of “sea lore,” sensationalism, or attributed to occultists trying to push their supernatural views of nature. It didn’t seem to matter that most of those reporting them were veteran pilots, shipmasters, and even Coast Guard officers.

Working on alternative energy sources in his lab.

These unusual phenomena quickly formed the backbone of the “mythos” of the Bermuda Triangle, the enigma of unexplained “forces,” hints of the laws of nature running wild, of possible time warps, interdimensional transition, wormholes, and invisibility. To speak about them is to speak about the “supernatural,” the impossible, and the occult… until now.

Though they remain unexplained, there is no longer the lack of a cross reference for them – and this has to do with electromagnetism.

And that’s where Vancouver scientist John Hutchison comes into play.

His experiments into electromagnetism has unintentionally produced every phenomena reported in the Triangle. The term “Hutchison Effect” has become a moniker applied to all the peculiar and startling effects his plethora of machinery can produce.

John might be likened to many of the fictional characters of movies who stumbled onto fantastic inventions – Flubber, The Shaggy Dog, and the many other Disney movies of Kurt Russell being transformed by his madcap experiments at Medfield College.

The great exception is that John is not fictional, nor are his experiments. They have penetrated the very building blocks of matter and looked squarely into the labyrinth of time and space. . . .and they are all created by electromagnetism and its effects on various wavelengths!

It all began back in 1979.

While studying the longitudinal wavelengths of Tesla (Nikola Tesla, a radio pioneer), Hutchison, limited by space in his small apartment, crammed into one room various devices that emit electromagnetic fields and wavelengths, like Tesla coils, RF generators, van De Graaf generators, etc.

He turned them on and went about his work. In some unexpected way, the wavelengths these machines created interplayed to create astonishing effects. John first noticed this when an object touched his shoulder… one he wasn’t expecting because it was levitating!

Repeated tests have produced a number of astounding effects.

These include the continued levitation of objects: wood, styrofoam, plastic, copper, zinc –  they hovered and moved about, swirl around and ascend, or shoot off at fantastic speeds.

With further experimentation:

  • fires started around the building out of non flammable materials, like cement and rock
  • a mirror smashed (80 feet away!), metal warped and bent and even broke, (separating by sliding in a sideways fashion), in some instances crumbling like “cookies”
  • some metal became white hot but did not burn surrounding flammable material
  • lights appeared in the air, along with numerous other corona manifestations
  • water spontaneously swirled in containers,

…to name only a few.

 

  An aluminum bar, ABOVE, and LEFT, shredded and split by the Hutchison Effect. The metal turned wobbly like jelly before coming apart. This is called “cold melting” because no heat is involved. RIGHT: metal cylinder crumbled apart. Photos Courtesy of John Hutchison  

 

More than one observer of Hutchison’s experiments and demonstrations (he has given over 750), have not only been amazed at the results but uniformly express astonishment at the weak electrical power which seems to be sufficient to empower very stupefying results.

Since basic outlets in the house supply sufficient power to operate his many machines, the power which unleashes all these incredible effects is believed to lie elsewhere, such as where these various fields interplay, since on their own the wavelengths or fields these machines create have never been noted to do this.

It is at this point – call is a warp or vortex, whatever you like –  where things begin to happen.

But how they interact is still largely a mystery. Even where they interact can be perplexing. Sometimes one must wait for days for something to happen, and 99 per cent of the time nothing happens at all. To draw an analogy, it is like trying to boil water without being able to determine the strength of the heat –  in such a scenario it is not surprising it may take different amounts of time to produce the boiling effect.

Photos of his equipment and lab

Over the last 22 years, Hutchison’s work has been subject to broad though varying interest and approval.

His laboratory was ransacked by Canadian officials who seized his equipment under the pretense of confiscating his antique gun collection which was, however, subsequently returned with no explanations or charges.

  • Three nations have aired his work
  • He was courted by scientists in Japan, accused of treason in Canada when he went to Germany for funds to continue
  • Los Alamos Lab has done research on his Effect
  • The Canadian government seized his lab equipment once again while crated and in transit to Germany in 1990 (and never returned it despite a court order), when he was seeking financial aid to continue his studies.
  • The military of Canada and the US has expressed a covert interest
  • He has been arrested by the Canadian government and placed in cuffs on his doorstep while his lab was ransacked and investigated (under the excuse of checking on his antique gun collection again)
  • This last incident was on March 17, 2000, and may have been initiated by a neighbor who experienced an unexpected levitation in their house and then complained to the police.

Because of all this, which has been ongoing for over 22 years, his lab has undergone numerous changes, from completely disappearing into government hands, to vital pieces having been sold off to pay for subsequent financial problems.

Nevertheless, John Hutchison has continued with his work.

He has “tinkered” and adjusted his equipment and continues to get varying and remarkable results, many of which have been documented and photographed by McDonnell Douglas Aerospace and the Max Planck Institute in Germany.

 

“Tinkering” in his lab. Hutchison has developed extensive forms of free energy, including fuel cells and the Hutchison Converter, which apparently can run forever. It was first displayed in Japan in 1996 and is still running. A scientist sees fact, but a philosopher sees potential. John is both.

The Hutchison Effect’s connection with the Triangle comes in many forms. Many of the effects he has created mimic those reported out there: strangely swirling clouds and lights, green glows and phosphorescence, and electromagnetic anomalies.

 

But one discovery in John’s experiments clearly underlines the connection of the Bermuda Triangle with electromagnetism. During one experiment, John produced something undeniably “Triangle-esque.”

I have personally experienced the grayish-type mist when I was doing my high voltage research; and this mist would appear and disappear. To look at it, it looks like metallic. I couldn’t see through it.

 

So it exists… it exists.

 

In other tests, objects have appeared that “had a cling of gray fog” moving about the room, all of which were clearly filmed on 8 mm film.

One is reminded of Bruce Gernon’s feeling that the “electronic fog” traveled with his plane, or Don Henry’s encounter where the fog formed around the metal barge and caused it to vanish while at the same time effecting all of his electronic equipment.

 

 

While our first instinct is to believe that these forces can only be engineered in a laboratory, a disturbing thought comes from an observation made by electromagnetic researcher, Albert Budden.

“The original way that Hutchison set out his range of apparatus was, by industrial standards, primitive and crowded, with poor connections and hand-wound coils.

 

But it was with this layout with its erratic standards that he obtained most of the best examples of objects levitating, despite the fact that the maximum power drawn was 1.5 kilowatts, and this from the ordinary power sockets of the house mains.”

These crude ways seemed better adept at tapping into the vast power all around us.

The watts produced in a lab, however, would be infinitesimal compared to the potential in the atmosphere. The estimated power in the atmosphere is best demonstrated during a thunderstorm in which lightning streaks across the sky with infinitely more watts of electricity –  enough to scramble radios and other equipment dozens of miles away, enough to destroy trees and houses and melt sand into glass.

But can electromagnetism cause a plane or ship to disappear? John has kept abreast of the unexplained in the world and is well aware of the effects reported in the Bermuda Triangle.

In commenting on the applied ramifications, he has observed:

It is highly probable that nature can form these fields on her own and create the right situation for the ship or aircraft to either totally disintegrate or disappear into another dimension or domain.

What should we make of such radio reports like Jenson’s, in which he says he is lost in clouds at 150 feet elevation?

Remember, he vanished thereafter, but 11 hours later, long after fuel starvation, he reemerges in time briefly, to make one last call 600 miles from where he was lost, only to vanish again without trace.

  • What about the other maydays picked up hours after fuel starvation?
  • What about the radio and compass quirks so often reported?
  • Is nature telling us something?
  • Or is it guiding us to the potential in natural energy?
  • Is the Hutchison Effect merely a small example of the greater machines in nature?

However esoteric some of this may sound, we may well inject here Time’s association with gravity and magnetism.

Atomic clocks record time passing slightly faster in orbit than at sea level, the difference being that gravity is weaker higher up. An electrical current will produce a magnetic field at right angles to it, but since there are three planes of space, where is the gravitational plane? No one, including Einstein, could ever find it. What forces are really out there? Electromagnetism may also be a gateway to something far more startling.

Mark Solis writes:

“It is surmised by some researchers that what Hutchison has done is tap into the Zero Point Energy. This energy gets its name from the fact that it is evidenced by oscillations at zero degrees Kelvin, where supposedly all activity in an atom ceases. The energy is associated with the spontaneous emission and annihilation of electrons and positrons coming from what is called the ‘quantum vacuum.’

 

The density contained in the quantum vacuum is estimated by some at 1013 joules per cubic centimeter, which is reportedly sufficient to boil off the Earth’s oceans in a matter of moments.”

… A disappearance, a disintegration seems mild by comparison.

A long time ago, biologist Ivan Sanderson noted that the greatest number of disappearances in the world occurred in specific locales, “vortices,” he called them, which,

“lie on the right or east sides of the continents, and all precisely in curious areas where hot surface currents stream out of the tropical latitudes toward the colder waters of the temperate. . .”

An example of Sanderson’s 12 vortices set at regular intervals around the earth, brought to his attention by the higher incidence of unexplained disappearances therein. The North ands south Pole account for the 11th and 12th vortices.

 

He explains this is of “enormous significance” because,

“these are the areas of extreme temperature variabilities which alone would predicate a very high incidence of violent marine and aerial disturbances. What more likely areas,” he continues, “for storms and wrecks and founderings, and even magnetic anomalies?”

He went on to ask,

“Whether these vast [natural] ‘machines’ generate still another kind of anomaly that might cause something to ‘go wrong’ . . .in our space-time continuum. In other words, could they create. . . ‘vortices’ into and out of which material objects can drop into or out of other space-time continua?”

Hutchison’s studies may not prove this, of course, but continuing results prove the unlimited potential of electromagnetism on matter.

Fusion dissimilar of materials.

One of the most remarkable effects is the fusion of dissimilar materials. In describing this, Mark Solis makes note that “dissimilar substances can simply ‘come together’ yet the individual substances do not disassociate.

A block of wood can ‘simply sink’ into a metal bar, yet neither the block of wood nor metal bar come apart.” Moreover, he adds “there is no evidence of displacement, such as would occur if, for example, one were to sink a stone in a bowl of water.”

But perhaps one of the most remarkable aspects of his Effect is,

spontaneous invisibility of materials in the ‘active zone’ of a Pharos-type Hutchison apparatus…

A phenomenon which Richard Hull uncovered in historical investigations took place in the Farnsworth Fusion Machine in the 1930s, where solid metal portions of the apparatus became transport during a number of tests. (Philo T. Farnsworth was the inventor of the electronic TV).

Hutchison has added that invisibly surrounds metallic objects.

Properly adjusting his equipment, he adds, the “cronons” and “gravitons” generated by his technology could cause entire buildings to disappear. The propulsive part of the Effect could get us into space faster and cheaper than any conventional fuel.

 

Since the effects and the materials vary exceedingly, it seems logical to assume there is some form of disruption of the basic atomic structure, considering that fusion of non identical materials, fires, levitating objects, invisibility, etc., have nothing else in common but these building blocks of matter.

 

Electromagnetism is a doorway into a world of which we are all made. As such, its potential seems unlimited.


Since the Earth is itself an object generating electromagnetic fields, are there areas where some of these fields will intermittently interplay and cause aberrations?

 

To be more explicit, is the Bermuda Triangle properly situated on the Earth, in the areas of correct temperatures and weather volatility, in areas of electromagnetic stresses, to create effects as Hutchison has done in his lab?

We can no longer say “impossible” to anything once the doors to the very building blocks of the universe are unlocked. The dreams and even wistful fancies of past philosophers and scientists are daily becoming reality in our modern world.

It is time we as a species woke up to them. For too long we called them “supernatural” when they were not “above nature,” they were merely above our understanding of it. It is also time that science looks beyond a mere fact.

We must start looking at potential whether it has immediate profitability or not.

The greatest contribution in the Hutchison Effect is that it shows us the great potential in nature all around us.

Source

Biochip implants

Couple of articles about biochip implants:

16-1

Image Source

Big Brother Gets Under Your Skin

By Julie Foster

© 2000 WorldNetDaily.com

Source: WorldNet Daily

http://www.wnd.com/news/article.asp?ARTICLE_ID=17834

Big Brother Gets Under Your Skin: Ultimate ID Badge, Transceiver Implanted In Human

New implant technology currently used to locate lost pets has been adapted for use in humans, allowing implant wearers to emit a homing beacon, have vital bodily functions monitored and confirm identity when making e-commerce transactions.

Applied Digital Solutions, an e-business to business solutions provider, acquired the patent rights to the miniature digital transceiver it has named “Digital Angel®.” The company plans to market the device for a number of uses, including as a “tamper-proof means of identification for enhanced e-business security.”

Digital Angel® sends and receives data and can be continuously tracked by global positioning satellite technology. When implanted within a body, the device is powered electromechanically through the movement of muscles and can be activated either by the “wearer” or by a monitoring facility.

“We believe its potential for improving individual and e-business security and enhancing the quality of life for millions of people is virtually limitless,” said ADS Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Richard Sullivan. “Although we’re in the early developmental phase, we expect to come forward with applications in many different areas, from medical monitoring to law enforcement. However, in keeping with our core strengths in the e-business to business arena, we plan to focus our initial development efforts on the growing field of e-commerce security and user ID verification.”

Dr. Peter Zhou, chief scientist for development of the implant and president of DigitalAngel.net, Inc, a subsidiary of ADS, told WorldNetDaily the device will send a signal from the person wearing Digital Angel® to either his computer or the e-merchant with whom he is doing business in order to verify his identity.

In the future, said Zhou, computers may be programmed not to operate without such user identification. As previously reported in WND, user verification devices requiring a live fingerprint scan are already being sold by computer manufacturers. Digital Angel® takes such biometric technology a giant step further by physically joining human and machine.

But e-commerce is only one field to which Digital Angel® applies. The device’s patent describes it as a rescue beacon for kidnapped children and missing persons. According to Zhou, the implant will save money by reducing resources used in rescue operations for athletes, including mountain climbers and skiers.

Law enforcement may employ the implant to keep track of criminals under house arrest, as well as reduce emergency response time by immediately locating individuals in distress.

The device also has the ability to monitor the user’s heart rate, blood pressure and other vital functions.

“Your doctor will know the problem before you do,” said Zhou, noting peace of mind is possible for at-risk patients who can rest in the knowledge that help will be on the way should anything go wrong.

Indeed, peace of mind is Digital Angel®’s main selling point.

“Ideally,” the patent states, “the device will bring peace of mind and an increased quality of life for those who use it, and for their families, loved ones, and associates who depend on them critically.”

Referring to the threat of kidnapping, the patent goes on to say, “Adults who are at risk due to their economic or political status, as well as their children who may be at risk of being kidnapped, will reap new freedoms in their everyday lives by employing the device.”

Digital Angel®’s developer told WND demand for the implant has been tremendous since ADS announced its acquisition of the patent in December.

“We have received requests daily from around the world for the product,” Zhou said, mentioning South America, Mexico and Spain as examples.

One inquirer was the U.S. Department of Defense, through a contractor, according to Zhou. American soldiers may be required to wear the implant so their whereabouts and health conditions can be accessed at all times, said the scientist.

Illustration of application of Digital Angel(R) from DigitalAngel.net website.

As of yet, there is no central DigitalAngel.net facility that would do the job of monitoring users — the task will most likely fall to the entities marketing the device, said Zhou. For example, if a medical group decides to market Digital Angel® to its patients, that group would set up its own monitoring station to check on its device-users.

Likewise, militaries employing the implant will want to maintain their own monitoring stations for security purposes.

But for critics, military use of the implant is not at the top of their list of objections to the new technology. ADS has received complaints from Christians and others who believe the implant could be the fulfillment of Biblical prophecy.

The Book of Revelation states all people will be required to “receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark.” (Rev. 13: 16-17)

In an increasingly cashless society where identity verification is essential for financial transactions, some Christians view Digital Angel®’s ID and e-commerce applications as a form of the biblical “mark of the beast.”

But Zhou dismisses such objections to the implant.

“I am a Christian, but I don’t think [that argument] makes sense,” he told WND. “The purpose of the device is to save your life and improve the quality of life. There’s no connection to the Bible. There are different interpretations of the Bible. My interpretation is, anything to improve the quality of life is from God. The Bible says, ‘I am the God of living people.’ We not only live, we live well.”

Sullivan, responding to religious objections to his product, told WorldNetDaily no one will be forced to wear Digital Angel®.

“We live in a voluntary society,” he said. According to the CEO, individuals may choose not to take advantage of the technology.

Zhou alluded to some Christians’ objection to medicine per se, adding such opposition wanes when the life-saving, life-improving benefits of technology are realized.

“A few years ago there may have been resistance, but not anymore,” he continued. “People are getting used to having implants. New century, new trend.”

Zhou compared Digital Angel® to pacemakers, which regulate a user’s heart rate. Pacemakers used to be seen as bizarre, said Zhou, but now they are part of everyday life. Digital Angel® will be received the same way, he added.

Vaccines are another good comparison, said the scientist, who noted,

“Both save your life. When vaccines came out, people were against them. But now we don’t even think about it.”

Digital Angel®, Zhou believes, could become as prevalent as a vaccine.

“Fifty years from now this will be very, very popular. Fifty years ago the thought of a cell phone, where you could walk around talking on the phone, was unimaginable. Now they are everywhere,” Zhou explained.

Just like the cell phone, Digital Angel® “will be a connection from yourself to the electronic world. It will be your guardian, protector. It will bring good things to you.”

“We will be a hybrid of electronic intelligence and our own soul,” Zhou concluded.

In the process of merging with Destron Fearing Corp., a manufacturer and marketer of electronic and visual identification devices for animals, DigitalAngel.net is scheduled to complete a prototype of the dime-sized implant by year’s end. Company executives hope to make the device affordable for individuals, though no cost projections have been made.

ADS, DigitalAngel.net’s parent company, received a special “Technology Pioneers” award from the World Economic Forum for its contributions to “worldwide economic development and social progress through technology advancements.”

The World Economic Forum, incorporated in 1971 with headquarters in Geneva, is an independent, not-for-profit organization “committed to improving the state of the world.” WEF is currently preparing for its “China Business Summit” in Beijing next month for the purpose of forging new economic alliances with the communist nation.

Source

 

A Chip for Your Thoughts

by John Hanchette

Gannett News Service © copyright 2000

Second of three parts

Source: Asbury Park Press

http://www.app.com/news/app/story/0,2110,273813,00.html

May 15, 2000

Privacy advocates fear that as rapid advances are made in technology, the personal lives of Americans may be shadowed by a cloud no bigger than a computer chip.

MicroStrategy founder Michael Saylor proposes uploading information direct to people’s brains via computer chip. One proposal, drawn from a recent science fiction film, is close to reality.

Michael Saylor the 35-year-old founder of MicroStrategy, who perhaps is most famous for watching his personal net stock worth drop $6 billion in a single morning without whimpering is involved with the concept.

Saylor wants to beam information directly into your mind; he calls it “telepathic intelligence.”

Saylor would do it by having a tiny transmitter surgically implanted in your skull or by sewing a computer chip into your wrist and having it transmit to an embedded radiolike device near your ear bones.

His computers already process a mammoth amount of data; pertinent portions would be tailored to your life and interests, then transmitted to brain or ear instantaneously 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

Your stock is tanking sell. You’re on the wrong street turn here. Your spouse wrecked the other car call the insurance company. Your house is being burglarized call the cops. The doctor called in your prescription visit the pharmacy.

“I don’t know who in their right mind would let somebody implant this in their head,” says Fordham University Law School professor Joel Reidenberg, an expert on information privacy. “To the extent that we begin to create a system of automatons responding to chip implants in people’s brains, we will be destroying the foundations of a democratic society.

“Without question, there would be a great opportunity for mischief here.”

MicroStrategy spokesmen confirm that Saylor “sees potential in the future of such a chip” and that the firm’s Strategy.com subsidiary a network of “customer intelligence channels” that sends 300,000 people some 2 million personalized messages a week is working long term on the idea.

But MicroStrategy spokesman Michael Quint said this would be what computer business calls “opt-in”: “”It’s all permission marketing. If you’re talking about the privacy thing, we’d need to get the permission of the customer or the consumer.”

Reidenberg is not impressed: “The notion that it’s “permission marketing only’ is a hoax. There’s no way a citizen in our society can make an intelligent, informed decision about the risks of these implants, which

would be sold through very sophisticated marketing by organizations with large economic interests whose goals are not to promote the public interest. That’s a very scary vision for a democratic society.

“Forget the health and safety issues. Assume they figure out how not to kill people when they put it in. The information-control aspects are beyond what George Orwell could have dreamed about.”

Not everyone is upset by this techno-vision.

When online prankster Bill Cross a few months ago put up a hoax Web site that offered $250 for letting surgeons insert an electronic chip under the right palm for cashless purchases, he was stunned at the response. People signed up for the nonexistent implant “in droves,” he says.

And the techno-vision is reality.

Three months ago Applied Digital Solutions a publicly traded firm based in Palm Beach announced it had developed a high-tech transceiver chip, thinner than a dime, that could be implanted in flesh and used as a tracking device by transmitting the person’s whereabouts to a global positioning satellite.

Trademarked as the “Digital Angel,” the chip could be inserted in children at the behest of parents who fear kidnappers or in elderly parents at the behest of children who fear those afflicted with Alzheimer’s will wander off. The chip can hold medical and financial information.

Applied Digital says the implant would be voluntary, making the privacy issue moot.

But David Sobel, general counsel for the Electronic Privacy Information Center in Washington, D.C., worries the device could evolve into a workplace requirement one that “would dwarf polygraphs and drug testing.”

And more than 500,000 pets now carry between their shoulder blades an implanted, scannable computer chip carrying owner and vaccination data.

“The technology is there to implant chips allowing programming of devices, like in your pacemaker,” says Washington privacy consultant Robert Gellman, who calls Saylor’s idea “Big Brother on steroids.”

Says Gellman: “I keep thinking one day soon they’ll be able to beam commercials into your pacemaker that warn, “Buy our product, or we’re going to skip a couple of heartbeats.’ Think of all the people who believe the CIA is beaming rays into their heads already.”

Saylor bothers privacy advocates in another way.

He wants the government to make the huge Medicare database available online so it easily could be compiled and searched by his firm to discover dangerous medications and unsafe physicians, about whom you would be warned.

“Give me your medical records, and I will give you more life,” Saylor says.

“Privacy advocates should take him seriously,” said Evan Hendricks, publisher of the watchdog Privacy Times. “He’s putting out his own version of “Mein Kampf.’ Saylor is very genuine, I think. The more data they have, the more strategic decisions they can make.”

Source

Archons – Exorcising Hidden Controllers

The are lots of different stories about Archons and here’s just one side of them. I have written about them before, but mainly they are beigns that feed on negativity and suffering:

Here’s my postings about Archons before:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/rise-of-the-archons/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-archon-network-wreaks-havoc-on-earth/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/end-of-reptilian-overlordship/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/are-archons-greys/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/john-lamb-lash-the-gnostic-theory-of-alien-intrusion/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/nigel-kerners-alien-phenomena-idea-in-a-nutshell/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-horde/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-nag-hammadi-library-archon-info/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-body-snatchers/

Archons: Exorcising hidden controllers with Robert M. Stanley and Laura Magdalene Eisenhower:

 

And here’s the article about Archons:

 What are archons?

In their ExopoliticsTV interviews Laura Eisenhower and Robert Stanley discuss Ancient Gnostic texts from Egypt,

“called the Nag Hammadi, describing two types of demonic alien beings that invaded earth long ago which they call the Archons. The first type of Archon looks like a reptile. The other type looks like a human embryo… which has the same shape and appearance as the ‘sky fish’ photos.”

Robert Stanley, author of Covert Encounters over Washington DC, has release a public statement about archons stating,

“It is time to expose the covert controllers of mankind. I assure you this is not speculation, a hoax, or the figment of peoples’ imagination. These parasitic creatures are real and they need to be dealt with immediately so mankind can evolve to the next level of existence.

“Although these parasites are not human, they feed off the negative energy/emotions of humans. It is unclear when these cosmic, amoeba-like creatures first came to earth, but we know they were discovered by shamans in altered states of consciousness long ago and have recently been photographed.

The reason everyone is not seeing them on a daily basis is because the creature’s energy signature is beyond our normal, narrow range of vision within the electromagnetic spectrum. What scientist call “visible light.”

The scientific approach to archons

Mr. Stanley maintains that humanity must now take a scientific approach to identifying archons and exterminating them in the human dimensional ecology. Mr. Stanley has released a series of photographs of archons that can be seen in the Slide show in this article.

 

Archons are intrapsychic mind-parasites

In discussing archness, author John Lash writes,

“Although archons do exist physically, the real danger they pose to humanity is not invasion of the planet but invasion of the mind.

“The archons are intrapsychic mind-parasites who access human consciousness through telepathy and simulation. They infect our imagination and use the power of make-believe for deception and confusion.

Their pleasure is in deceit for its own sake, without a particular aim or purpose. They are robotic in nature, incapable of independent thought or choice, and have no particular agenda, except to live vicariously through human beings. They are bizarrely able to pretend an effect on humans, which they do not really have.

“For instance, they cannot access human genetics, but they can pretend to do so, in such a way that humans fall for the pretended act, as if staged events were taken for real. In this respect, archons are the ultimate hoaxers. This is the essence of “archontic intrusion,” as I call it. The trick is, if humanity falls under the illusion of superhuman power, it becomes as good as real, a self-fulfilling delusion.

“In the cosmic perspective, the archons present a dynamic aspect of the evolutionary scenario of humankind, through which human potential is tested. The Gnostic view of their role closely matches the “flyers” in The Active Side of Infinity, the last book of Carlos Castaneda, who says that the flyers are “the means by which the universe tests us.”

There are numerous close parallels between Castaneda and Gnostic teachings.

“This profile of the archons is not speculative. It follows what can be gathered from the Gnostic writings. For instance, NHC texts describe how the archons attempted to rape Eve – clearly a mythological rendition of genetic intervention. Such passages appear to support the claims of alien interbreeding so widely discussed today. But in the Gnostic account, the alien intruders did not succeed in this act of cross-species intervention: they tried but failed.

“The notion that archons present a test to humanity – explicitly stated by Castaneda if one accepts the archon/flyers correlation – can also be traced in some NHC writings, especially The Apochryon of John. That text suggests that the Aeon Sophia, the cosmic intelligence of the earth, engages the archon species and uses their deviant and deceptive influence for such a purpose.

The account of how the overlord of the authorities “committed adultery with Wisdom (Sophia)” and binds humanity to “a chain of blind compulsion (heirmarmene)” is baffling, to say the least (NHC II, 1:28.16).

“To sort out and clarify what the Sophianic narrative may have to say about the test of the archons is a great challenge to our understanding of the Gnostic message and how it can benefit humanity today.

 

Television is an example of Archonic imitation

Author Jay Weidner states,

“Yes, according to the texts, [archons] can get into people and can manipulate people to do things very suddenly that are very odd.

But also they are actually responsible for the deterioration of culture, so unlike the culture of the ancient Greeks or Chinese but a cheap façade of a culture. As the Archonic presence has spread across the earth and has escalated in the 20th century, you can see that they are responsible for sprawl and the mass ugliness that is everywhere.

“Television is an example of Archonic imitation.

Mr. Weidner concludes,

“Humans are imitated on television but the imitation is altered and is nearly always obscene and profane because the Archons not only do not understand the sacred but they hate it. They are jealous of the natural world and of human beings with the natural world.

Also of sexual relationships: loving couples make them angry and they love violence and are sexually titillated by anger and war and death. They create war to consume energy from the dying.”

 

Archons – A parasite of a different order

Exploring archons in his new book, Wetiko – The Greatest Epidemic Sickness Known to Humanity, psychologist Paul Levy writes,

“When people are infected by the wetiko virus, Forbes writes, they are “the host for the wetiko parasites.” The wetiko germ is a psychic tapeworm, a parasite of the mind.

Just like certain computer viruses or malware infect and program a computer to self-destruct, mind-viruses like wetiko can program the human bio-computer to think, believe and behave in ways that result in our self-destruction. Wetiko is a virulent, psychic pathogen that insinuates thought-forms into our mind which, when unconsciously en-acted, feed it, and ultimately kills its host (us).

It doesn’t want to kill us too quickly however, for to successfully implement its agenda of reproducing and propagating itself throughout the field, it must let the host live long enough to spread the virus.

If the host dies too soon, the bug would be prematurely evicted and would suffer the inconvenience of having to find a new residence.

Mr. Levy continues,

“Like a cancer of the mind that metastasizes, in wetiko disease, a pathological part of the psyche co-opts and subsumes all of the healthy parts of the psyche into itself so as to serve its pathology.

To quote Jung,

“an unknown ‘something’ has taken possession of a smaller or greater portion of the psyche and asserts its hateful and harmful existence undeterred by all our insight, reason, and energy, thereby proclaiming the power of the unconscious over the conscious mind, the sovereign power of possession.”

The personality then self-organizes an outer display of coherence around this pathogenic core, which ‘masks’ the inner dysfunction, making it hard to recognize.

In a psychic coup d’etat, the wetiko bug can usurp and displace the person, who becomes its puppet and marionette. Like a parasite, the wetiko virus can take over the will of an animal more evolved than itself, enlisting that creature into serving its nefarious agenda.

Once the parasite becomes sufficiently entrenched within the psyche, the prime directive coordinating a person’s behavior comes from the disease, as it is now the one calling the shots. Just as someone infected with the rabies virus will resist drinking water, which would flush out the infection, someone taken over by the wetiko parasite will have nothing to do with anything that will help them get rid of the disease.

Wetikos are phobic towards the light of truth, which they avoid like the plague. In advanced stages, this process takes over the person so completely that we could rightfully say the person is no longer there; they are just an empty shell carrying the disease. In a sense there is just the disease, operating through what appears to be a human being.

The person becomes fully identified with their mask, their persona, but it is as if there is no one behind the mask.”

 

Author John Lash proposes a three-level definition of archons

“Level One – Cosmological

“In Gnostic cosmology, Archons are a species of inorganic beings that emerged in the solar system prior to the formation of the earth.

They are cyborgs inhabiting the planetary system (exclusive of the earth, sun and moon), which is described as a virtual world (stereoma) they construct by imitating the geometric forms emanated from the Pleroma, the realm of the Generators, the Cosmic Gods.

“The Archons are a genuine species with their own proper habitat, and may even be considered to be god-like, but they lack intentionality (ennoia: self-directive capacity), and they have a nasty tendency to stray from their boundaries and intrude on the human realm. Archons are said to feel intense envy toward humanity because we possess the intentionality they lack

“The Gaia Mythos describes how the Archons were produced by fractal impact in the dense elementary field arrays (dema) of the galactic limbs, when the Aeon Sophia plunged unilaterally from the galactic core.

“Level Two – Noetic-Psychological

“In Gnostic psychology, the noetic science of the Mystery Schools, Archons are an alien force that intrudes subliminally upon the human mind and deviates our intelligence away from its proper and sane applications.

They are not what makes us act inhumanely, for we all have the potential to go against our innate humanity, violating the truth in our hearts, but they make us play out inhumane behavior to weird and violent extremes.

“Left to our own devices, we would sometimes act inhumanely and then correct it, contain the aberration. Obviously, we do not always do so. In the exaggeration of our insane and inhumane tendencies, and in extreme, uncorrected deviance from our innate intelligence, Gnostics saw the signature of an alien species that piggy-backs on the worst human failings.

“Hence, Archons are psycho-spiritual parasites.

“Yet as offspring of the Aeon Sophia, archons are also our cosmic kin.

“Aeon

Gk: “emanation, divine power, cosmic time cycle.” Pronounced A-ON: Adjective, Aeonic. E.g., “Reefs of Aeonic dreaming.” (Gaia Mythos)

“This essential term in Gnostic cosmology might be useful in getting away from the awkward terms God and gods. An Aeon is a god understood, not in theological terms, but in terms of the physics of consciousness.

“Aeons are not entities but processes that may best be conceptualized as immense currents, but currents that are alive, self-aware, sensuous. The Goddess Sophia who becomes embodied as Gaia is an Aeon, hence the Aeon Sophia.

“Aeons are gendered. In some Gnostic scenarios the male counterpart to the female Aeon Sophia is the Aeon Christos.

“As inorganic entities of two types, embryonic and reptilian, Archons can at moments penetrate the terrestrial atmosphere and terrorize humans, although there is no reason or order to these forays, for the aliens cannot remain for very long in the biosphere and, anyway, they have no master plan to accomplish here.

“The ontological status of the Archons is dual: They exist as an alien species independent of humankind. They exist as a presence in our minds, rather like a set of programs operating in our mental environment. The risk they pose by invading our mental software is far greater than any physical risk they might pose by erratically breaching the biosphere.

“Working through telepathy and suggestion, the Archons attempt to deviate us from our proper course of evolution. Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking and, in effect, substitute their mind-set for ours.

“According to the Gnostics, Judeo-Christian salvationism is the primary ploy of the Archons, an alien implant.

“Our capacity to discern alien forces working in our minds is crucial to survival and co-evolution with Gaia who, as Sophia, accidentally produced the Archons in the first place. (This comment belongs to Level One, the cosmological definition, but as so often happens with Gnostic teachings, noetic and cosmic elements tend to merge.)

“By recognizing and repelling the Archons, we claim our power, define our boundaries in the cosmic framework, and establish our purpose relative to Gaia, the indwelling intelligence of the planet.

“Level three – Sociological

“In the Gnostic view of human society, the Archons are alien forces that act through authoritarian systems, including belief-systems, in ways that cause human beings to turn against their innate potential and violate the symbiosis of nature.

“LIVE spelled backwards is EVIL, but the Archons are not evil in the sense that they possess autonomous powers of destruction, able to be applied directly upon humanity.

“They are agents of error rather than evil – but human error, when it goes uncorrected and runs beyond the scale of correction, turns into evil and works against the universal plan of life. Gnostics taught that the Archons exploit our tendency to let our mistakes go uncorrected.

“Because the Archons need human complicity to gain power over humankind, any one who assists them can be considered a kind of Archon, an accessory. How do humans assist the Archons?

“One way (suggested in the Level Two definition) is by accepting the mental programs of the Archons – that is, adopting the alien intelligence as if it were human-based – and implementing those programs by actually enforcing them in society. Another way is by actively or passively conforming to the agendas so proposed and imposed.

“Jacques Lacarriere suggests that Gnostics detected the humanized face of the Archons in all authoritarian structures and systems that deny authenticity and self-determination to the individual.

“He argues that Gnostics recognized, “the fundamentally corrupt character of all human enterprises and institutions: time, history, powers, states, religions, races, nations…”

Corruption occurs, not because we make errors, but because the errors we make go uncorrected and extrapolate beyond the scale of correction. Lacarriere says that Gnostics reached this conclusion “out of rational observation of the natural world and human behavior.”

“Ultimately, they asserted the ‘contention that all power – whatever kind it may be – is a source of alienation… All institutions, laws, religions, churches and powers are nothing but a sham and a trap, the perpetuation of an age-old deception.’

This may seem like a dark view of human affairs, but given the evidence of history (not to mention current events), it cannot be said to be unfair or exaggerated.”

Source: What Is An Archon?

 

Truth movement – Modern shamans?

As Carlos Castaneda demonstrated, the shamans and exorcists have had the role in traditional societies of coping with and counter-acting the negative effects of archons and “demonic possession” in their traditional societies.

In her ExopoliticsTV interview, Laura Magdalene Eisenhower sees whistleblowers in The Truth Movement as among those that are carrying out the role of exorcising the archons from modern day society.

“Our planet Earth (Gaia),“ Ms. Eisenhower states, “is now engaged in an exorcism of the archons, and we must participate with her in exorcising our archons as well.”

Source

The technology of the Gods

It may be, that everything we consider as high tech has been developed thousands of years ago, but it has been vanished and now we are discovering it again:

The Gods and Their Flying Machines

The major attribute of the gods is that they could fly. Here are a few clues:

– When flying Quetzalcoatl appeared to the ancient Mexicans as a feathered serpent: “…first it flies, quite high up, well up it goes, and it just descends…”. And when it flies or descends a great wind blows. Wherever it goes, it flies” (Baldwin, 1998).

Don’t you wonder what kind of aircraft might appear to the natives as a “plumed serpent” accompanied by a “great wind”?

– “…there appeared a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.” (2 Kings 2:11).

– “And Jehovah was going before them by day in a pillar of cloud, to lead them in the way, and by night in a pillar of fire, to give light to them, to go by day and by night…” (Exo 13:21).

– Yahweh lands on Mt Sinai. “…And on the third day, it being morning, it happened. There were thunders and lightning, and a heavy cloud upon the mountain, and the sound of a ram’s horn, very strong! And all the people of the camp trembled… And mountain of Sinai was smoking, all of it, because Jehovah came down on it in fire. And it’s smoke went up like the smoke of a furnace; and the mountain quaked exceedingly…” (Exodus 19:16-18).

– “…And the spirit lifted me up, and I heard behind me the sound of a great tumult, saying, Blessed be the glory of Jehovah from his place; and the sound of the wings of the living creatures touching each other to the other; and the sound of the wheels along with them; and the sound of a great tumult…” (Ezekiel 3:12).

– Jehovah comes down on the high places with a great heat: “For behold, Jehovah is coming out of his place, and will come down and walk on the high places of the earth. And the mountains shall melt under him, and the valleys shall cleave themselves as wax before the fire, as waters poured out on a steep place…” (Micah 1:3-4).

– A reference to flying gods in the Mahabharata:

“The gods, in cloud-borne chariots… bright celestial cars in concourse sailed upon the cloudless sky.” (Sitchin, 1985).

– Sitchin (1985) also mentions the flying Maruts:

“…loud roaring as the winds make the mountains rock and reel…(as they) lift themselves aloft…these verily wondrous, red of hue, speed on their course with a roar over the ridges of the sky…and spread themselves with beams of light…bright, celestial, with lightning in their hands and helmets of gold upon their heads.”

– Egyptian King Pepi ascends:

“As an imperishable star; Flies who flies! He flies away from you, O men! He is no longer upon earth; he is in the sky! He rushes at the sky like a heron. He has kissed the sky like a falcon. He has leapt skyward like a grasshopper.” (Frankfort, 1948).

– An angelic messenger announces to Manoah about the birth of Samson to his wife, and who, after telling Manoah that his name is secret,

“…ascends in a flame of fire from the altar.” (Judges 13:2-15).

– Naymlap, the leading god of the Indians of Ecuador, was

“taken heavenward by the god of the speaking stone” (Sitchin, 1990).

– Von Daniken (1982) states that the “fiery heavenly chariots”, described by Enoch and Elijah are also found in Buddhist (Padmasambhava) and Hindu (Ardjuna) mythology. Apparently every child in India is well aware of ancient flying gods and their aircraft, which they called Vimanas.

– In the Sumerian tale of Nergal and Ereshkigal (Pritchard, 1975), there are hints that there were periods when the gods were not able to travel from one location to another, perhaps because their orbital positions or the planetary alignments were not favorable:

Anu opened his mouth to say to Kaka:

I will send thee, Kaka, to the Land of no Return,

To Ereshkigal…thou shalt say: “‘Thou art not able to come up,

In thy year thou canst not ascend to our presence, And we cannot go down,

In our month we cannot descend to thy presence…”

Probably the most familiar description of the AA’s aircraft (possibly spacecraft) is in the biblical book of Ezekiel. It is a very convincing description by a very astute observer. From this description former NASA engineer J. F. Blumrich designed and patented his impression of the vehicle (Blumrich, 1974) (Fig 7-1). A small cockpit, where Ezekiel observed the “Lord”, rested atop the body of the vehicle.

Fig 7-1.

The body, which Ezekiel called the “fiery firmament”, terminated in a single main engine. Attached to the body were four helicopter engines and blades, which enabled the vehicle to land vertically without using the main engine, which would have either covered poor Ezekiel with rubble or blown him away!

Not so well known, and more interesting in my opinion, is the tale of the “Divine Throne-Chariot” from the Dead Sea Scrolls (Vermes, 1962). The introduction to the piece reads:

“The Divine Throne-Chariot draws its inspiration from Ezekiel (1:10) and is related to the Book of Revelation. It depicts the appearance and movement of the Merkabah, the divine Chariot supported and drawn by the cherubim, which is at the same time a throne and a vehicle. The ‘small voice’ of blessing is drawn from 1 Kings 19:112: it was in a ‘small still voice’ that God manifested himself to Elijah. In our Qumran text this voice is uttered by the cherubim and it is interesting to note that although the Bible does not define the source of the voice, the ancient Aramaic translation of 12 Kings (Targum of Jonathan) ascribes it to angelic beings called ‘they who bless silently.’”

“The Throne-Chariot was a central subject of meditation in ancient as well as in medieval Jewish esotericism and mysticism, but the guardians of Rabbinic orthodoxy tended to discourage such speculation. The liturgical use of Ezekiel’s chapter on the Chariot is expressly forbidden in the Misnah; it even lays down that no wise man is to share his understanding of the Merkabah with a person less enlightened than himself…”

Not being a “wise man” I guess I’m free to share my speculation regarding the Merkabah. Of course the ancient Hebrews did not have the words to describe the technology which they were observing; regardless Ezekiel did quite an impressive job with the words available to him.

The description of the vehicle in operation, excerpted from Vermes by Barnstone (1984) reads:

“…and the cherubim utter blessings. And as they rise up, there is a divine small voice and loud praise; there is a divine small voice as they fold their wings.

“The cherubim bless the image of the Throne-Chariot above the firmament, and they praise the majesty of the fiery firmament beneath the seat of his glory. And between the turning wheels angels of holiness come and go, as it were a fiery vision of most holy spirits; and about them flow seeming rivulets of fire, like gleaming bronze, a radiance of many gorgeous colors, of marvelous pigments magnificently mingled. The spirits of the Living God move perpetually with the glory of the wonderful Chariot.

“The small voice of the blessing accompanies the tumult as they depart, and on the path of their return they worship the Holy One. Ascending, they rise marvelously; settling, they stay still. The sound of joyful praise is silenced and there is a small voice of blessing in all the camp of God.”

Here it is again with my “interpretations” in parenthesis:

“…and the cherubim (and the objects with wings – the helicopters) utter blessings (make a soft sound resembling prayer). And as they rise up (as the helicopter blades rise into place), there is a divine small voice (the blades make a swishing sound in the air) and loud praise (along with the loud noise of the engine); there is a divine small voice as they fold their wings (when the main engine is stopped only the swishing sound of the blades is heard as they drop down and stop).

“The cherubim (The helicopters) bless the image of the Throne-Chariot above the firmament (make a soft sound like prayer), and they praise the majesty (and they speak louder, and in amazement, about the brightness) of the fiery firmament beneath the seat of his glory (of the glowing, idling engine under the main body of the aircraft). And between the turning wheels (between the helicopter’s blades), angels of holiness come and go (wispy changing patterns), as it were a fiery vision of most holy spirits (of flames and vapors from the main engine); and about them flow seeming rivulets of fire, like gleaming bronze, a radiance of many gorgeous colors, of marvelous pigments magnificently mingled (the exhaust from the helicopter engines mingled with the multi-colored exhaust from the main engine). The spirits (the helicopters) of the Living God move perpetually with the glory (always move with the flaming exhaust) of the wonderful Chariot (of the wonderful vehicle).

“The small voice of the blessing (the soft sound of the blades) accompanies the tumult (accompanies the roar of the main engine) as they depart, and on the path of their return they worship (they make a loud noise) the Holy One (the god-pilot). Ascending, they rise marvelously (the blades ascend quickly); settling, they stay still (the blades drop down and stop,). The sound of joyful praise is silenced (the loud noise of the main engine ceases) and there is a small voice of blessing (the helicopter blades slow and drop down) in all the camp of God.”

I do not think there is a better description of Ezekiel’s “spaceship”!

Another interesting tale is that of Elijah meeting the Lord. In I Kings 19:11-12, Yahweh makes himself known to Elijah (Eli-yahu):

“And, behold, the Lord passed by, and a great and strong wind rent the mountains, and brake in pieces the rocks before the earthquake; but the Lord was not in the wind: and after the wind an earthquake; but the Lord was not in the earthquake; and after the earthquake a fire; but the Lord was not in the fire; and after the fire a still small voice.”

My translation: As the spacecraft approaches the exhaust was first perceived as a powerful wind; as it descended on the mountain the engine caused the earth under it to vibrate; the engine’s fiery exhaust then came into Elijah’s view; finally, the main engines are stopped and only the sound of the helicopter blades is heard as they slow and stop.

Zecharia Sitchin (1998) gives an interesting description of Elijah’s ascent to heaven. This apparently was also the time when Ezekiel wrote of his experiences with the Lord’s aircraft – about 592 bc:

“…a chariot of fire, and horses of fire, came. And they separated between them both (Elijah and Elisha), and Elijah went up in a tempest to Heaven. And Elisha was watching, and he was crying ‘My father, my father! the chariot of Israel and its Horsemen!’ And he did not see him again…”

(2 Kings 2:11).

If your language did not include the words aircraft, or rocket, or spaceship, or any other thing that could carry men through the air, what could you possibly call it but a “chariot”? And it seems clear that some of them were what we now call VTOL (vertical take-off and landing) aircraft.

So I am left with no doubt that the AAs possessed the technology to come to Earth in spacecraft, and to move about the Earth in various kinds of aircraft which did not require runways.

 

Ancient Nuclear Warfare

“We turned the switch, saw the flashes, watched for ten minutes, then turned everything off and went home. That night I knew the world was headed for sorrow”

– Physicist Leo Szilard, atomic bomb builder

“(It was) a single projectile, charged with all the power of the Universe. An incandescent column of smoke and flame, as bright as the thousand suns, rose in all its splendor… it was an unknown weapon… which reduced to ashes the entire race of the Vrishnis and the Andhakas… the corpses were so burned as to be unrecognizable. The hair and nails fellout; pottery broke without apparent cause, and the birds turned white… after a few hours all foodstuffs were infected…”

– The Mahabharata.

During the first Egyptian “pyramid war”, between Horus and Seth, Horus strikes:

“…(and he) let loose against them a storm which they could neither see with their eyes, nor hear with their ears. It brought death to all of them in a single moment…” (Sitchin, 1985)

 

This sounds to me like the gamma-ray and neutron pulse from a sub-kiloton nuclear weapon, which has no fireball and the nuclear radiation extends far beyond the blast wave.

Zeus battles the Titans:

“The hot vapor lapped around the Titans, of Gaea born, flame unspeakable rose bright to the upper air. The Flashing glare of the Thunder-Stone, its lightning, blinded their eyes-so strong it was. Astounding heat seized Chaos… It seemed as if Earth and wide Heaven above had come together, a mighty crash, as though Earth was hurled to ruin. Also were the winds brought rumbling, earthquake and dust storm, thunder and lightning.” (Sitchin, 1985).

I would guess that this was a large nuclear weapon which was detonated on or close to the ground, thus producing a large mushroom cloud.

Zeus conquering Thyphon:

“A flame shot forth from the stricken lord in the dim, rugged, secluded valley of the Mount, when he was smitten. A great part of huge earth was scorched by the terrible vapor, melting as tin melts when heated by man’s art…in the glow of a blazing fire did the earth melt down.” (Sitchin, 1985).

Biblical references to nuclear warfare:

– The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah:

“…(Abraham) looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah…and he beheld and saw a smoke rising from the earth, as the smoke of a furnace.”

(Gen 18:27).

– “…and the Lord sent thunder and hail, and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the Lord rained hail upon the land of Egypt.”

– Exodus 9:23

“And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, and were in the going down to Bethhoron, that the Lord cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword.”

– Joshua 10:11

“And the fire of God came down from heaven, and consumed him and his fifty.”

– 2 Kings 1:12

-“Thou shalt make them as a fiery oven in the time of thine anger: the Lord shall swallow them up in his wrath, and the fire shall devour them.”

– Psalms 21:9

“A fire goeth before him, and burneth up his enemies round about.”

– Psalms 97:3

“Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hosts with thunder, and with earthquake, and great noise, with storm and tempest, and the flame of devouring fire.”

– Isaiah 29:6

There are many other clues regarding nuclear warfare. Childress (2000) discusses ancient atomic warfare, first Hattusas (Bogazkoy) in Turkey where “parts of the city are vitrified, and the walls of rock are partly melted.” He then discusses Sodom and Gomorrah and compares them with Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

He thinks Sodom, Gomorrah, Zoar, Admah and Zeboiim (Gen. 14:2) were destroyed, creating the Dead Sea. He quotes L.M.Lewis, “Footprints on the Sands of Time”, who argues for atomic explosions. And he quotes from the Mahabharata an excellent description of an atomic battle in which Arjuna is given a “celestial weapon” which he cannot use against humans “for it might destroy the world”, but he could use it against “any foe who is not human.”

From the Mahabharata, as quoted by Charles Berlitz (1972), is probably the best description of ancient atomic warfare one can find:

“…(it was) a single projectile, charged with all the power of the Universe. An incandescent column of smoke and flame, as bright as the thousand suns, rose in all its splendor… it was an unknown weapon, and iron thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of death, which reduced to ashes the entire race of the Vrishnis and the Andhakas… the corpses were so burned as to be unrecognizable. The hair and nails fell out; pottery broke without apparent cause, and the birds turned white… after a few hours all foodstuffs were infected… to escape from this fire the soldiers threw themselves in streams to wash themselves and their equipment.”

Steinhauser (1975) relates a story from the Ramayana:

“…when the god Rama was threatened by a ‘army of monkeys’ (men or robots?) he put a ‘magic arrow’ into action. This produces a flash of lighting ‘stronger than the heat from a hundred thousand suns’, turning everything to dust. The hair of survivors falls out, their nails disintegrate. We know of such magic weapons from Sodom and Gomorrah, and from Hiroshima and Nagasaki.”

Mohenjo-Daro and Harappa, Pakistan: David Davenport (1996), who spent 12 years studying ancient Hindu scripts and evidence at the ancient site of Mohenjo-Daro, declared in 1996 that the city was instantly destroyed 2,000 years bc. The city ruins reveal the explosion’s epicenter which measures 50 yards wide. At that location everything was crystallized, fused or melted. Sixty yards from the center the bricks were melted on one side indicating a blast… the horrible mysterious event of 4000 years ago was recorded in the Mahabharata.

According to that text,

“white hot smoke that was a thousand times brighter than the sun rose in infinite brilliance and reduced the city to ashes. Water boiled… horses and war chariots were burned by the thousands… the corpses of the fallen were mutilated by the terrible heat so that they no longer looked like human beings…”

From one of the oldest chronicles of India… the Book of Dzyan:

“Separation did not bring peace to these people and finally their anger reached a point where the ruler of the original city took with him a small number of his warriors and they rose into the air in a huge shining metal vessel. While they were many leagues from the city of their enemies, they launched a great shining lance that rode on a beam of light. It burst apart in the city of their enemies with a great ball of flame that shot up to the heavens, almost to the stars. All those who were in the city were horribly burned and even those who were not in the city – but nearby – were burned also.

Those who looked upon the lance and the ball of fire were blinded forever afterward. Those who entered the city on foot became ill and died. Even the dust of the city was poisoned, as were the rivers that flowed through it. Men dared not go near it, and it gradually crumbled into dust and was forgotten by men. When the leader saw what he had done to his own people he retired to his palace and refused to see anyone. Then he gathered about him those warriors who remained, and their wives and children, and they entered their vessels and rose one by one into the sky and sailed away. Nor did they return.”

Childress (1999) also presents sketches of the Citadel of Mohenjo-Daro and a discussion of its destruction by nuclear explosion. Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro were the main cites of the “Harappa Culture” of the Indus Valley, an amazingly uniform and advanced urban civilization existing between 2500 and 1500 bc, the beginnings of which remain obscure.

About Parshaspur near Srinagar, Kashmir, David Childress (2000) states,

“It is a scene of total destruction; huge blocks of stone are scattered about a wide area giving the impression of explosive annihilation.”

Zecharia Sitchin (1985) devotes an entire chapter to a discussion of nuclear warfare in ancient times in Mesopotamia and the Sinai peninsula. In this book he also suggests the destruction of the Sinai “space facilities” by nuclear weapons. He offers as evidence

“…the immense cavity in the center of the Sinai and the resulting fracture lines (see figure), the vast surrounding flat area covered with blackened stones, traces of radiation south of the Dead Sea, the new extent and shape of the Dead Sea – is still there, four thousand years later”.

He maintains that the radioactive fallout from this operation wiped out the area around Sumer for a period of 70 years, until 1953 bc.

So did the gods use nuclear weapons in their struggles with each other and with mankind? You be the judge!

 

The Biotechnology of the Gods

“There are 193 species of monkeys and apes, 192 of them are covered with hair. The exception is a naked ape self-named Homo Sapiens”

– Desmond Morris

“It is difficult to say what is impossible – for the dream of yesterday is the hope of today and the reality of tomorrow”

– Robert Goddard

Tales from various sources suggest that the gods possessed an advanced knowledge of biology many millennia ago:

– The Egyptian god Thoth helped Isis, the wife of Osiris, to extract from the dismembered Osiris the semen with which Isis was impregnated to bear Horus.

– “The Telleriano-Remensis and Florentine codices declare that Quetzalcoatl, as great artificer, ‘formed’ and ‘molded’ the first human beings in his image, and that only he – and no other god – ‘had a human body’.” (Baldwin, 1998).

– “Before I (the Lord) formed you (Jeremiah) in the belly I knew you; and before you came out of the womb I set you apart…” (Green, Jay, 1986, Jeremiah 1:5).

– “…‘though it is said that in truth Zeus, King of the Gods, whom you call Amen-Ra, was her father’. Seti nodded when he heard this and murmured, ‘Even as Amen-Ra was the father of Hatshepsut. Yes, the gods can indeed be the fathers of the spirits that dwell in the bodies of kings and queens’.” (Green, Roger, 1967).

– In the tale of the birth of Samson, Manoah’s wife, who was barren, was visited by “the Angel of Jehovah” who said,

“Behold now you are barren and have not borne. But you shall conceive and bear a son…(who shall be)…a Nazirite to God from the womb” (Green, Jay, 1986, Judges 13:2-14)

(Nazirite: Endowed with special psychic or physical qualities to be used in God’s service).

– “The god Citlaltonac sent an ambassador to see the virgin Chimalma…The god told her that she was to conceive a son, which she did soon after…” (Fernandez, 1982).

– Concerning the birth of the Toltec god Huitzilopochtli: “…a woman called Coatlicue, who was charged with keeping clean a temple on the Cerro de Coatepec, near Tula, was sweeping the building when she saw a beautiful ball of feathers drop from the sky, and put it away in her bosom. When she had finished her work, and tried to find the feather ball, it was no longer there, it had disappeared. At that same moment she became pregnant, although she had been a widow for many years.” (Demetrio, 1983).

– In his discussion of the Sumerian story of the creation of The Adam (” the earthling”) from Mesopotamian texts (clay tablets), Zecharia Sitchin (1985) writes,

“…to achieve the feat Enki suggested that a ‘being that already exists’, Ape woman, be used to create the Lulu Amelu (‘the mixed worker’) by ‘binding’ upon the less evolved beings ‘the mold of the gods’. The goddess Sud purified the ‘essence’ of a young male Anunnaki; she mixed it into the egg of an Ape woman. The fertilized egg was then implanted in the womb of a female Anunnaki, for the required period of pregnancy. When the ‘mixed creature’ was born, Sud lifted him up and shouted: ‘I have created! My hands have made it!’”

These stories raise several interesting questions:

In prehistoric times how in fact did the gods incorporate their ‘essence’ into ape females, a different species (but possibly the same genus), to create modern humans, as ancient texts have suggested?

How could gods and humans, of different but possibly similar species, marry and reproduce as suggested in Genesis?

Within historical times how did the AAs incorporate their ‘spirit’ into the prophets, humans again of a different but probably similar species?

How could the ancient ‘god-kings’ of Mesopotamia and Egypt marry their immediate family members, as custom required, and reproduce without apparent damage to the family gene pool?

Before speculating on how these things were done it will be useful to list some of the bioengineering methods in use at the present time:

IVF: In-vitro fertilization. Sperm and egg of the same species is fused in-vitro. The embryo is implanted in the uterus. A common method of treating infertility since the 1978 British ‘test tube baby’.

CSCT: Cross-species cell transfer (or nuclear transfer). An in-vitro fertilization in which a somatic (e.g. skin) ‘donor’ cell is fused in vitro with the ‘host’ egg of a different but similar species (but of the same genus). The embryo is implanted in the uterus of the host.

CCSCT: Cloned cross-species cell transfer. Same as CSCT except the egg is de-nucleated, resulting in a clone of the donor animal (although a small amount of DNA, in the mitochondria, always comes from the egg). This was the method employed by Advanced Cell Technology, Inc, to regenerate the recently extinct Asian Gaur using an ordinary cow as host (which died shortly after – darn!).

RDNA: Recombinant DNA. Since, in most cases, DNA cannot be transferred directly from one organism to another, in this technique a desirable DNA fragment, isolated from the animal ‘donor’ cell, is incorporated into the plasmid of a benign bacteria (the vector). The bacteria reproduces the fragment as a part of it’s own DNA, and the hybrid bacteria cells are injected back into the animal. This is currently the method of human ‘gene therapy’, but one would expect that the technique could also be used for cross-species cell transfer if the bacteria were benign to both species.

HESC: Human Embryonic Stem Cells. A human somatic cell is fused in vitro with a de-nucleated egg of a different species. “These differentiated cells began to grow as an embryo and then reverted to become embryonic stem cells, which can grow into virtually any type of tissue for transplant use”

So let’s speculate.

Zecharia Sitchin’s statement concerning the development of the Adam sounds like our current technique of cross-species cell transfer (CSCT), the ‘essence’ being DNA fragments (genes) which the gods wanted incorporated into the Ape woman’s egg. The resulting Adam, a hybrid like mules or hinnies, was sterile. Later on some procedure was employed to enable the “mixed creatures” to procreate.

Incorporating the “spirit” (certain traits or abilities) of the gods into the prophets, apparently a partial and selective reprogramming of the central nervous system, could have been accomplished via the technique of recombinant DNA.

Finally, the custom of the ancient ‘god-kings’ of Mesopotamia and Egypt of marrying their sisters and reproducing without apparent damage to the family gene pool would have been possible using the technique of cloned cross-species cell transfer (CCSCT) in the following scenario:

Harvest an egg from a human female and remove the DNA.

Collect a skin cell from a living god, or a deceased god whose cells have been preserved by freezing (or embalming?).

Fuse the skin cell and egg in vitro, and electrically stimulate the embryo to start dividing.

Implant the embryo back into the female, whose immune system will accept it.

If all goes well the human will birth a clone of the god. Now repeat the procedure using a skin cell from a goddess. The cloned god-son and goddess-daughter would be totally genetically different, and could marry and reproduce without genetic damage or violating rules pertaining to incest. Furthermore, since the god-son and his mother are genetically different, they may marry, as was required in ancient Egypt, without violating taboos.

But what if the god and human are of a very different species, or even of a different genus? That this is probable is evidenced by literature suggesting that some of the gods were frightful to look at, and took great care not to be seen by humans, except possibly by the highest priest:

– Concerning the appearance of (the angel) Eleleth. “…now as for that angel, I cannot speak of his power…No, truly, my mouth cannot bear to speak of his power and the appearance of his face.”

(Robinson, 1978, “The Hypostasis of the Archons’)

– In the tale of the birth of Samson, the wife of Manoah says, “A man of God has come to see me, and His appearance was like the appearance of an Angel of God, very terrifying.”

(Green, Jay, 1986, Judges 13:2-14) (This might have been an android).

– “Quetzalcoatl…only he, no other God, had a human body. He was ‘el hombre-dios’, the god made flesh, man embodied with divine spirit.”

– Fanged (Tlaloc) or grotesque (Xipe Totec – ‘The Flayed One’), the gods sometimes hid behind skins of flayed humans.

– “…now it is revealed to us concerning the race of the gods, and we confess it along with everyone else, that they have come into being out of a pure matter, and their bodies are heads only.” (Robinson, 1978, the Asclepius tractate, 21-29)

– “…they (the first male and female earthlings-Adam and Eve?) saw that they were naked, and they became enamored of one another. When they saw their makers, they loathed them since they were beastly forms.” (Robinson, 1978, “On the Origin of the World”).

In these cases probably the techniques of recombinant DNA or the generation of human embryonic stem cells was used. Scary as it sounds the “the hominid-animal mixtures” described by the Babylonian priest Berossus (Burstein, 1978) could have resulted from the modern human embryonic stem cells technique. In

fact when this experiment was announced two years ago by Advanced Cell Technology, biotechnology watcher Jeremy Rifkin strongly objected:

“They should never, ever have done this. We don’t know what kind of creature could develop from that.”

I think we now do know of at least one kind of creature that can “develop from that ” – the Adam!

In summary it appears that our current knowledge of animal biology and physiology permits a close understanding of how the gods might have accomplished their bioengineering feats. Furthermore, since we are assuming that the gods had this ability millennia ago, it’s exciting to speculate concerning their current biotechnology. I suspect we would find it indescribable.

 

The Immortals

“The more science learns what life is, the more reluctant scientists are to define it “

Leila M. Coyne

“Eternity is very long, especially near the end”

Woody Allen

A universal attribute of the “gods” was their immortality, or at least their very long lives compared to humans. Several references to this characteristic follows:

– “For a thousand years, in your eyes, are as yesterday when it passes, and as a watch in the night.” (Green, Jay, 1986, Psalm 90:4).

This represents a time dilation factor of 1/365,000.

– “…that one day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.” (Green, Jay, 1986, 2 Peter 3:8).

Also a time dilation factor of 1/365,000.

– “…adding up to 1200 divine years of 432,000 Earth years” – The Vishnu Purana, as quoted by Zecharia Sitchin (Sitchin,1993).

A time dilation factor of 1/360 or 1/432,000, whichever way it is interpreted.

– “Put not thy faith in length of years, for the gods regard a lifetime as but an hour.” (Frankfort, 1948).

A time dilation factor of 1/52,840 for a 60 year lifetime.

– Mead (1921) writes,

“Jesus tells his initiated of the dissolution of the universe after its expansion is completed ‘in the years of the light’. Mary Magdalene asks him: ‘My Lord, how many years of the years of the world is a year of the light?’ Jesus answered: ‘A day of the light is a thousand years in the world, so that thirty-six myriads of years and a half myriad of years of the world are a single year of the light.’”

Translating we have 1 day of light = 1000 Earth years; 1 year of the light = 365 days of the light = 365,000 Earth days = 36.5 myriads of Earth years, i.e. as used here “myriad” represents the multiplier 10,000.

– From The Vision of Isaiah:

“After taking Isaiah to Heaven, the angel was requested to return the prophet to Earth. Isaiah said: ‘Why so soon? I have only been here two hours.’ The angel said: ‘Not two hours, but thirty-two years…’” (Slemen, 2000).

A time dilation factor of 1/140,160.

These references seem to imply that the AAs did not live forever, but so much longer than humans that they appeared to be immortal. The texts report that the Sumerian goddess Inanna did age, but she was considered immortal.

One obvious advantage of being even relatively immortal is that one could move about the galaxy without having to achieve very high, and very expensive, speeds. As astronomer Sandy Faber noted, “If we could live longer we wouldn’t have to accelerate to high speeds”. Living longer instead of going faster is of course a familiar science fiction theme.

I can think of four possibilities to account for the alleged immortality of the gods:

(1) Organ replacement, if the gods are biological, or parts replacement if they are not – some of the ‘angels’ and other emissaries of the gods seemed suspiciously robotic:

“Behold, I send an angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared. Beware of him, and obey his voice, provoke him not; for he will not pardon your transgressions, for my name is in him.” (Exodus 23:20-21).

(2) Rejuvenation by somatic cell nuclear transfer.

(3) Time dilation via travel at relativistic speeds relative to Earth.

(4) Gravitational time dilation by orbiting a large black hole.

I am not aware of any references to organ or parts replacement by the gods; however rejuvenation was likely since there was a “Tree of Life” which the gods had access to but humans did not. Zecharia Sitchin (1980) suggests that to be taken up in ancient Egypt meant that one would be immortal, so the rocket ship represented the “tree of life”, and was also symbolized by the obelisks.

According to the ancient king lists the 1st god-king of Ur reigned for 28,800 Earth years, but the texts also mention that the goddess Inanna grew old and fat after being on Earth for an extended period. So was the Tree of Life a repository of spare parts, a cellular rejuvenator, or was it a location such as the vicinity of a black hole?

Time dilation via high speeds seems unlikely, since the degree of time dilation implied by all of the foregoing statements would require velocities very close to the speed of light, which we currently consider to be impossible (although physicists have recently claimed to have transmitted photons, which have no mass, faster than the speed of light, moving a spacecraft faster than the speed of light would seem to require most of the energy in the entire universe).

Rejuvenation by somatic cell nuclear transfer was probably employed since the gods possessed a very advanced biotechnology. In this “still largely theoretical procedure…(the procedure) can ‘rejuvenate’ an aged cell, restoring the proliferative capacity inherent in cells at the beginning of life.” (West, 2000).

Rejuvenation (replacement) by cloning is also very probable. This procedure, which can be used to produce “young cells of any type”, avoids the “Hayflick limit” in which the “telemeres” on the ends of the chromosomes are reduced every time the cell divides until they are used up and division stops (Cibelli, 2000).

I think it’s also logical that the gods might reside, at least some of the time, in an equilibrium orbit about a black-hole which is massive enough to provide an acceptable tidal force across the width of their spacecraft. How massive? If we assume a spacecraft of any length, but having a width of a kilometer (this is a big spaceship folks!), orbiting a black-hole of 32,425 solar masses, the tidal force across the width of the craft would be a comfortable 1g (the pull of gravity at the Earth’s surface). For the case of “1200 divine years of 432,000 human years”, i.e. a time dilation of 0.00278, the ratio of the circumference of the event horizon to the circumference of the orbit of the spacecraft is 0.999992.

Since the horizon circumference for this mass is only about 601,585 kms, our gods would need to drive very carefully! But in this orbit, one Earth year in the life of the gods is 360 years on Earth. The case of “…a thousand years, in your eyes, are as yesterday when it passes” is more difficult since the orbit of the spacecraft would essentially have to coincide with the event horizon.

But there is another clue. In the Sumerian tale of Nergal and Ereshkigal (Pritchard, 1975), there are hints that there were periods when the gods were not able to travel from one location to another, perhaps because their orbital positions or the planetary alignments were not favorable:

Anu opened his mouth to say to Kaka:

I will send thee, Kaka, to the Land of no Return,

To Ereshkigal…thou shalt say: “‘Thou art not able to come up,

In thy year thou canst not ascend to our presence, And we cannot go down,

In our month we cannot descend to thy presence…”

Gravitational time dilation is the logical explanation here. The time dilation factor is of course 1/12, so that the 96,410 km radius of Anu’s orbit is now a comfortable 665 km greater than the horizon radius. Notice that even this modest time dilation, if not close to a black-hole, would require a speed of 99.6% the speed of light – not possible according to current knowledge.

Although astronomers are convinced that the Milky Way’s core contains a massive black hole of about 2.6 million solar masses (Science News, 153:59) it is over 30,000 LY from Earth. So how likely is it that there is a suitably large black hole reasonably close to us, say in the Orion nebula? (The solar system used to be in the Orion nebula but is now about 1500 LY away). One clue may come from Stephen Hawking’s (1988) observation that,

“The number of black holes may well be greater even than the number of visible stars (about 1011 in our galaxy)…then the black hole nearest to us would probably be at a distance of about a thousand million kilometers, or about as far away as Pluto…”.

Furthermore the Space Telescope Science Institute reports recent observations which suggest that they may be numerous:

“Two international teams of astronomers using NASA’S Hubble Space Telescope and ground based telescopes in Australia and Chile have discovered the first examples of isolated stellar-mass black holes adrift among the stars in our galaxy.” (stsci, 2000) .

Finally astrophysicists have recently postulated that there may be as many as 25,000 black holes within 15 LYs of the center of our galaxy (Escude, 2000).

Lacking other clues I’ll speculate that a combination of cellular rejuvenation for those that are biological, parts replacement for those who are not, and gravitational time dilation are probably how the gods achieved their incredibly long lives, relative to Earthlings.

Source